Document:

Unassociated Document

    
       

      Exhibit 10.2

       

      
        

      

    
      
        	
                

              	
                Wuhan
      Kaidi Electric Power Co.,
Ltd.

              

      

    

     

    Phase I
of Fengkou Wind Farm Project in Pinglu Constructed by Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power
Co., Ltd.

     

    Purchase
Contract for Wind Generator Set

     

    The
buyer’s Contract No.: KG0809C-FD-PL-J001

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          1

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

     

    
      

    

    The
buyer:Wuhan
Kaidi Electric Power Co., Ltd.

    The
seller:Wuhan
Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.

    Signing Date:Sep.2008

     

    
      
        	
                1
      .Definitions

              	
                3

              
	
                2
      .Subject of Contract

              	
                5

              
	
                3
      .Scope of Supply

              	
                6

              
	
                4
      .Contract Price

              	
                6

              
	
                5 .
      Payment

              	
                7

              
	
                6
      .Delivery and Transport

              	
                9

              
	
                7.
      Packing and Mark

              	
                11

              
	
                8.
      Technical Service and Liaison

              	
                13

              
	
                9.
      Quality Supervision and Inspection

              	
                15

              
	
                10.
      Installation, Debugging, Commissioning,Acceptance and after-sales
      service

              	
                19

              
	
                11.
      Claim

              	
                23

              
	
                12.
      Insurance

              	
                26

              
	
                13.
      Taxes and fees

              	
                26

              
	
                14.
      Assignment, subcontracting and outsourcing

              	
                27

              
	
                15.
      Change, modification, suspension and termination of
    contract

              	
                28

              
	
                16.
      Force Majure

              	
                29

              
	
                17.
      Settlement of Disputes of the Contract

              	
                30

              
	
                18.
      Execution of Contract

              	
                30

              
	
                19.
      Others

              	
                30

              

      

    

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          2

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

     

    
      

    

    

    The
Contract No.: KG0809C-FD-PL-J001

     

    Time and place of signature:Sep.1st, 2008,Wuhan.

    The two parties:Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power Co.,
Ltd.  (“The
buyer”)

    Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.
(“The seller”)

    

    The contract is signed by and between
the buyer and seller with friendly negotiation.The items are as follows:

    

    1. Definitions

    

    The terms that are used in this document
and in the appendices are hereby defined.

    

    1.1 “The buyer” refers to Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power
Co., Ltd. Including the entity's successors and legal
assignees.

    

    1.2 “Seller” refers to Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co.,
Ltd.Including the entity's successors and legal assignees.

    

    1.3“Contract” refers to this document and all parts
of its appendices.Including the changes and additions made by two sides
according to the contract provision.

    

    1.4 “Contract Price” refers to the part specified in Article
4 herein.

    

    1.5“Effective date” refers to the effective date of the
contract specified in Article 18 herein.

    

    1.6 “Technical Materials” refers to documents (including
drawings, various captions,
standards and various kinds of software) related to the design, production,
inspection, installation, debugging, acceptance and performance acceptance test
of the wind farm, and files applied to the correct running and maintenance of
the contractual wind farm.

    

    1.7 “Contractual Equipments” refers to the machines, device,
materials, things, special tools, spare parts and all other things that are to
be supplied by the seller in accordance with the contract.

    

    1.8 “Supervision” refers to that the buyer entrusts a qualified supervisory
organization to dispatch a representative or representatives to supervise the
quality of the key parts of the contractual equipments in ways of documentary
witness and on-site witness during the process of manufacturing the contractual equipments. This kind of
quality supervision does not relieve the seller of liabilities for the quality
of the contractual equipment quality.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          3

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

     

    
      
 1.9 “Performance Acceptance Test” refers to the test to be made in
accordance with the requirements of appendix 1 herein for inspection the guaranteed
performance value specified in the technical specifications.

    

    1.10“Pre-acceptance” refers to the acceptance after
360 hours of operation and
the results of the tests indicate the guaranteed quality
has been reached,and the
acceptance of each unit by
the buyer.

    

    1.11 “Guarantee period”refers to two years after the date of
the pre-acceptance certificate of each unit.(To the date of signing the final
acceptance certificate).

    

    1.12 “Final Acceptance” refers to the acceptance after the quality
guarantee period. If tests prove that both performance indexes of each generator
and other terms of the contract have been performed and the running of
equipments are satisfactory

    

    1.13 “Day, Month and Year” refers to the day, month and year by Gregorian
calendar; “Day” refers to 24 hours; “Week” refers to 7 days.

    

    1.14 “Contractual Wind Farm”: Fengkou Wind Farm Project in
Pinglu Constructed by Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power Co., Ltd.

    

    1.15 “Technical Service” refers to such all-through services as relevant
technical instructions, technical cooperation and technical trainings for the
engineering design, equipment construction supervision, inspection, earthwork,
installation, debugging, acceptance, performance acceptance test, running and maintenance related to
the contractual equipments supplied by the seller. Including the after-sale service after
the termination to the contract.For the seller with technique support,the
contractual service should be covered.

    

    1.16 “Site” refers to the site of the contractual
wind farm. It is the place where the buyer will install the contractual
equipments.

    

    1.17 “Spare parts” refers to the parts of the generator sets debuqqing and its auxiliary equipments to be
supplied according to this
contract.

    

    1.18 “Commissioning” refers to the runs during the debugging
stage of each Single machine, complete machine, or the
systems and / or equipment of the wind power generator sets and the
commissioning stage of the wind farm.

    

    1.19 “Generator sets” refers to a complete set of equipments
consisting of wind power generator sets and their auxiliary
equipments.

    

    1.20 “Written Documents” refers to any manuscript, typed or
printed documents with an organization’s official seal or the signiture of corporate representative and
authorizer.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          4

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    1.21 “Sub-contractor” refers to another legal person and
her/his successor and an assignee with the approval of this legal person who are
subcontracted the parts within the contractual scope of supply by the
seller.

    

    1.22 “Equipment Defect" refers to such
situations that the contractual equipments (including parts, raw materials,
castings and forgings, and original parts etc.) may not meet the requirement of
performance and quality standard specified in this contract as caused by design, fabrication error
or ignorance of the seller.

    

    1.23“Representative of
supervision”the qualified staff of supervision from
supervision unit commissioned by the buyer

    

    2 Subject of
Contract

    

    2.1 Seller agrees to sell to the buyer,
the buyer agrees to
purchase from Seller the contractual equipment. The object of the contract will
be used as the turbins in
the Fengkou Wind Farm
Project in Pinglu

    

    2.2   Names,
Specifications (Types) and Quantities of Equipments

    

    Names:Wind Turbines  

    Types:GCN1000

    Quantities:50units;

    

    2.3  The Plant shall be brand-new, mature,
secure, economical and complete, meet national environmental requirements, and
be designed according to specific standards, and its performance shall
comply with the
requirements of performance guarantee value as defined in Appendix 1; production
processes and raw materials categorically prohibited by laws of PRC shall not be
used.

    

    2.4 Technical specifications, technical
and economic indicators and performance of the Contract Plant are shown in
Appendix 1 hereto.

    

    2.5 Detailed scope of supply of the
Contract Plant supplied by the seller is shown in Appendix 2
hereto.

    

    2.6 Detailed technical data supplied by
the seller are shown in Appendix 3
hereto.

    

    2.7 Detailed technical services supplied by
the seller are shown in Appendix 7
hereto.

    

    2.8 The seller is responsible for the
transport and insurance of equipment .

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          5

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    2.9 The Vender shall, within 15 years after
final acceptance of each set of the Contract Plant, continue providing the
buyer with spare parts for normal operation of
the Contract Plant at market price.  Within the service life of the
Generator Set, in the event that the Vender intends to stop production of or be
unable to produce some spare parts, it has the obligation to notify the
buyer in advance so that the buyer has adequate time to place an order for
a last purchase of necessary spare parts from the
Vender.  The
seller is responsible for the supply of the engineering design related to the
contractual equipments and
provide technical materials
such as the templates,
tools and models,so that
the buyer could produce the needed spare parts for the contractual
equipments,and the production of the spare parts would not constitute the infringement
to patent as well as
the  industrial design rights.The buyer should return the above items
in resonable manner and situation after they have used them.

    

    3 Scope of Supply

    

    3.1 The scope of supply ,please see the
appendix 2.

    

    3.2 The contractual scope of
supply includes all the
equipments, technical materials, special tools, spare
parts and consumables. , Personnel training and technical
coordination, technical services and technical guidance and equipment for
transport and transport insurance.

    

    4 Contract Price

    

    4.1 The price of this
contract:RMB 321.70 million

    

    The sum of the fee includes fees of
contractual equipments(including the spare parts,special tools),technical
materials,technical service,taxes of contractual equipments,transortation and
incidental expenses from
manufacturer to project site and all the other fees related to this
contract.

    

    4.1.1 Price of Contractual
equipment:The price of each contractural turbine
is RMB 6,000,000;50 equipments is RMB 300,000,000.

    

    The price of this contractual
equipment includes all the
related taxes that should be paid by buyers and the taxes incurred during the
importation (such as customas , customs charges,valued-added taxes)

    

    4.1.2The technical service fee of this contract:RMB 5.465million

    

    The technical service fees include the fees of the
seller’s service scope in the appendix1
item8,the technical materials ,the fees occurred during the visite of seller and
its personnels to the buyer’s site,including the salary(income tax and living
expenses)and the
travelling expense,the
buyer should provide convinient conditions for technical personnels to work and
live,but the fees of living,accommodation,office,medical treatment and
transportation should be paid by the sellers.

    

    4.1.3 Transportation expenses of the
contractual
equipments to the delivery site:RMB 9.2805million.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          6

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    “Transportation expenses”includes two parts:

    

         Transportation expenses of the
contractual equipments
manufacturered domestically: transportation, incidental expenses, insurance fees of the contractual equipments from starting station
(on board)/ dock (on board) to the delivery site are born by the
seller.

    

         Transportation expenses of the
contractual equipments
manufacturered in foreign land: transportation, incidental expenses, insurance fees of the contractual equipments from
starting station (on board)/ dock (on board) to the delivery site are born by
the seller.

    

    4.1.4 The spare parts,consumable supplies
and special tools:
RMB
6.9545million.

    

    4.2 Itemized price see annex
6.

    

    5. Payment

    

    5.1 Currency used in this contract is
RMB.

    

    5.2 Terms of payment: P.O. or
T.M.

    

    5.3 Payment for the contract
price:The payment should be done in the manner
of 1:3:3:2.5:0.5.

    

    5.3.1 Within 30 days from the date when
the contract comes into force, upon 15 days after submitting the following receipt which is found in
order by the buyer, the buyer will pay ten percent (600,000Yuan) of the price of each unit,according to the number of
starting equipments,for the order of materials needed in the production
of the contractual
equipments.

    

    (1)An irrevocable letter of guarantee with the corresponding amount issued by
the seller’s bank of depoist which takes the buyer
as beneficiary.

    

    (2)A formal fiscal receipt with
corresponding amount(One copy)

    

    5.3.2 When the manufacturing of each set
of Contract Plant
progresses to 60% completed (i.e. hub, gear case, generator, main control
cabinet and the yaw system to the factory for general assembly, and blade
materials complete), the Vender will furnish relevant certifications to the
buyer for confirmation and submit VAT (value added tax)
invoice (one original and two duplicates) for 30% of the contract price of each
set of Plant (RMB 1.8 million) to the buyer. Within 1 month after verification,
the buyer shall pay 30% of the contract price of
this set of Plant (RMB 1.8
million) to the Vendor as the progress payment.

    

    5.3. 3 The Vender shall, in accordance
with the order of delivery, transport each set of Contract Plant (parts and
components in Appendix 6 Schedule of Prices) to the place of delivery
within the specified time.
When the last batch of each set arrives at the delivery site, the Vender shall
submit the VAT invoice (one original and two duplicates) for 30% of the contract
price to the buyer. It also shall furnish the supply list, the
certificate of quality conformity, the bill of
lading and the packing list to the buyer, who shall pay 30% of the contract
price of this set of Plant (RMB 1.8 million) to the Vendor within 1 month after
verification.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          7

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    5.3.4 After the installation of each set
of Contract Plant, the
single set commissioning is conducted. Having passed the preliminary acceptance,
the Vender shall submit the VAT invoice (one original and two duplicates) for
25% of the contract price (RMB 1.5 million). Within 1 month after
verification, the buyer shall pay 25% of the contract
price of this set of Plant (RMB 1.5 million) to the Vendor. If any problem is found, the
corresponding part shall be deducted.

    

    5.3.5. 5% of the contract price of each
set of Plant is taken as the quality guarantee deposit for it.

    

    5.3.5.1 After the granting of the final
acceptance certificate of this set of Plant by the  buyer, within 1
month after the Vendor submit the following documents and the buyer verifies them, the buyer shall pay 5% of the contract price
of this set of Plant (RMB
0.3 million) to the Vendor. If any problem is found, the corresponding part
shall be deducted.

    

    5.3.5.1.1 The financial invoice (one
original and two duplicates) for 5% of total contract price of this set Plant
shall be furnished.

    

    5.3. 5.1.2 The copies of the final
acceptance certificate of this set Contract Plant are provided in
duplicate.

    

    5.4 Payment of additional charges: In
total, RMB 21.7 million is to be paid for the technical services, freight and
miscellaneous charges, spare parts, consumables and special
tools, averagely RMB 0.434 million additional charges for each set Plant, which
shall be paid lump sum according to the initial sets before
delivery.

    

    5.5 The time of payment takes the date
of issue by the buyer’s bank as the actual payment date. If this date
is later than the specified payment date, the liquidated damages shall be
calculated and paid from the specified payment date on as per Article 11.13 of
this Contract.

    

    5.6 Subject to Articles 10 and 11 of
this Contract, as regards
paying the claim against damage, field processing and purchase agent, liquidated
damages, the Vendor shall, within one month upon receiving the buyer’s written notice for claim, pay the
amount to the buyer. If it hasn’t paid in due time, the buyer shall be entitled to deduct the
claimed amount and its interests from the amount payable in the next time of
payment.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          8

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    6. Delivery and
Transport

    

    6.1 The delivery date and sequence of
this contract equipment shall meet the requirement of equipment installation progress and sequence of
the project to guarantee the timeliness and completeness of
equipment.

    

    6.2 The ownership of the equipments has
transfered from the seller to the buyer since the
delivery.The risks of the damage and loss of the equipment are born to sellers before
delivery,and should be transfered to the buyers after delivery.The seller should
abide by the legal regulation and enviromental
requirement during the equipment shipment.The transport vehicle should keep
clean and good condition,no
oil leak,exceeding exhaust emissions or illegally parked.

    

    6.2.1 mode of shipping: motor,

    

    Delivery place: the delivery place of
the contract equipments is the buyer’s project site.

    

    Delivery place: Kaidi Electric Power
Fengkou Wind Farm in Pinglu

    

    6.2.2 The mailing address of the technical
materials :Wuhan Kaidi
Electric Power Co., Ltd.

    

    Building Kaidi 1Jiangxia Av.
East Lake New Technology
Development Zone,Wuhan
430223

    

    The project technical materials
will be identified through signing of
supplemental agreement

    

    6.3During the first design contact,in
accordance with the items in the appendix, the seller shall provide names, total
weight, and total volume of each batch of goods, primary delivery plan of
delivery date and total product lists under the terms of this contract and total
packing lists (including one disc or disk). 60 days and 10 days before the start of the expected
shipment of each batch of goods, the seller shall notify the buyer at twice of content of each item in article 6.6 with fax.

    

    6.4 The time of the delivery is
based on the time
recorded(except the special situation).Such time is the criteria for the delay
of the delivery in the item11.9.

    

    6.5 The seller should apply to the carrier
sector the transport vichles,and be responsible for the shipment of the equipments
from the seller to the delivery place.

    

    6.6 Within 24 hours after the goods are
ready and shipping vehicles/ships are sent off, the seller shall notify the
seller of the following contents about this batch of goods.

    

    Contract No.;

    Goods delivery starting
date;

    names, codes and price of
good;

    Gross weight of
goods;

    Total volume of
goods;

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        9

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        
Total packed
quantities;

    

    

    Handing-over railway station/dock
name/vehicle license No./ship License No. and waybill No.;

    

    Names, weight, volume and quantities of each
product exceeding 20 tons in weight and 9m×3m×3m in size. Center of gravity and
hoisting point must be indicated for each piece of such equipment (part) with
sketches attached.

    

    For special products (equipments or
substances having special
requirement for environmental factors such as temperature and vibration and
explosive, flammable and poisonous substances and other dangerous products),
special indications must be made for its name, code, quality, special
protective measures, storage method and accident
treatment methods.

    

    6.7 The products that aren’t listed in appendix1 and appendix2 but
belonged to the scope of supply should do the delivery as the buyer
required.

    

    6.8 Before the ending of quality
guaranteeing period or three years after the
ending, in case that spare
parts in the buyer’s storage for replacing damaged
equipment or parts are used because of the damage or potential deflect caused by
the seller’s error or neglect, the seller shall be
responsible for supplement
all the used spare parts for free, and the seller shall transport them to the
designated destination railway station/dock not later than 60 days with the
knowledge of the buyer.

    

    6.9 The seller shall, in accordance with
the provision, provide Technical materials needed for wind farm
design, construction supervision, debugging, test, inspection, training, running
and maintenance to the sell batch by batch. The seller shall give the technical
materials to the buyer
according to the appendix1 which is amount to 12sets in this
contract. A list of the
above mentioned Technical materials shall be listed.

    

    6.10 The Technical materials are usually
delivered in the way of postal express. After each batch of Technical materials
are delivered, the seller shall notify the buyer of the delivery date,
mail No.; detailed list of Technical materials, quantity and weight and contract
No. etc. with fax within 24 hours.

    

    6.11 The actual delivery date is considered
as the postal mark date on the consignment notice of the postal department. This date will be
used as the basis for delay penalty calculation for any late document delivery
according to article 11.10 of the contract. If it is found that technical
materials are missed, lost or damaged after checked by representatives of the buyer or seller, and not caused by
the  buyer, the seller shall supplement and provide to the site the
missed, lost or damaged parts thereof for free within 7days (3days for urgent affairs) upon
receiving notification of the buyer.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          10

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    If the Technical materials are missed, lost or
damaged because of the buyer, the seller shall supplement and provide to the
site the missed, lost or damaged parts thereof within 7 days (3days for urgent affairs) upon
receiving notification of the buyer and the fees are born by the
buyer.

    

    6.12 The buyer can dispatch a representative
to the seller’s factory and shipment station to check
packing quality and monitor loading situation. The seller shall inform the buyer
of the delivery date 20 days in advance. If the representative of the buyer can not participate in inspection in
time, the seller has the right to send out goods. Inspection and monitoring of
the above mentioned representative may not relieve the seller of its due
liabilities.

    

    6.13 To realize the computer management for the equipment and
materials.The seller should provide the detail packing list during the delivery
each batch,as well as the floppy disk containing corresponding part
number,figure number and equipment code.

    

    7 Packing and Mark

    

    7.1 All the goods delivered by the seller shall
comply with the national
standards about packing,
storage and shipping direction mark and firm packages applicable to
long-distance transport, repetitious moving, loading and unloading specified by
the national supervisory
organ. The packaging shall be complete and intact during transport, loading and
unloading process equipped with vibration-reducing and impact-proofing measures.
If the packages can not prevent the equipments from damages caused by vertical
and horizontal added speed during transport,
loading and unloading process, the buyer shall solve the problem in the design
structure of equipments. The packaging shall be equipped with protective
measures for preventing humidity, mold, corrosion and rust when needed according to equipment
characteristics. Consider to prevent freezing when in severe winter. Deliver the
goods safely to the installation site, ensuring there is no any damage or
corrosion of the goods. Before product packaging, the seller is
responsible for inspection and cleaning without
foreign things left and guaranteeing complete parts and
components.

    

    7.2 The seller shall clearly mark
component No. and part No. in the installation daring for each bulked parts and
components within the packing box.

    

    7.3 The seller shall print the following
marks at the four neighboring sides of each packing box in Chinese characters
with striking unfading paint.

    

    Contract No.;

    Shipment
station/dock;

    Destination
station/dock;

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        11

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        
Names of supply and receiving
units;

    

    Name of equipment, set No. and drawing
No.;

    Box No./Piece No.;

    Gross weight/net weight
(kilogram);

    Volume (length×width×height, expressed with
mm).

    Marks;

     The date of
manufacture;

     production plant;

     The storage level.

    

    For goods with or exceeding two tons, the side of the packing box
shall be indicated with center of gravity and hoisting point with common mark
and pattern for the convenience of loading, unloading and transport. According
to the goods features, different requirement for loading, unloading and transport, such words as
“gently place” “no upside-down” and “anti-rain” shall be brushed on the packing
box,and comply with the
appropriate national and international packaging standarda.

    

    7.4 For nude packed goods, the above
mentioned relevant contents
shall be indicated with metal label or directly on the equipment. Large goods
shall be equipped with sufficient support or packing
cushions.

    

    7.5 Within each packing box, detailed
packing list for names of sub-items, quantity, price and set No., qualification certificate and
related equipment technical materials etc. shall be
attached.  One technical instruction and
eight quality certificates for product acceptance respectively
should be in the packing box of the purchased
parts. Another two packing
lists shall be sent by mail.

    

    7.6 Spare parts listed in the contract
shall be packed respectively according to each set of equipment, and indication
shall be made at the external side of the packing box as one-time
delivery.

    

    7.7 Spare parts shall be packed separately, and in accordance
with article 7.2, special tools shall also be separately packed. Special tools
and spare parts are shipped with the main contract goods.

    

    7.8 Bulked parts for
equipment of each set shall adopt good packing method
and put into suitable box,
and send out within one vehicle if possible to reduce transport
fees.

    

    7.9 Latticed box and/or similar packages
shall be capable of containing equipments and spare parts that may not be stolen
or damaged by other substances or rain.

    

    7.10 All ports of all pipes, pipe
fittings, valves and other equipments must be protected with covers or otherwise
properly protected.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          12

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    7.11 The seller and/or other
sub-contract shall not indicate any two boxes with one box
No..

    

    7.12 For goods with bright and cleaning process surface in
need of accurate assembly, the process surface shall be protected with fine and
durable layer (no paint is allowed) to prevent the occurrence of rust corrosion
o r damages before installation.

    

    7.13 The seller shall, 6 weeks after the contract comes into
force, use packages applicable for long-distance, repetitious moving, rain
prevention and humidity prevention for the Technical materials delivered and
files together with equipments. The cover of each technical material package shall indicate the
following contents:

    

    Contract No.;

    Names of supply and receiving
units;

    Destination
station/dock;

    Gross weight;

    Box No./Piece No..

    

    Within each material package, one
original and two duplicate copies of a detailed list of technical materials indicating
Technical materials’ sequence No., Document Item No., Name
and pages shall be attached.

    

    7.14 Where the good are damaged or lost
because of the bad packing or keeping of the seller, anytime or anywhere, once
validated, the seller shall
be responsible for timely repairing, replacement or compensation according to
Article 11 of this contract. When the goods are damaged or lost during the
transport, the seller is responsible for negotiate with insurance company and
transport-undertaking department, and at the
same time shall supplement the goods as soon as possible to the buyer to meet
the demand of construction period.

    

    7.15 The buyer shall return to the
seller the special packing box and frames for multiple uses after
the parts and components
are delivered and confirmed (the seller shall bear the
fees).

    

    8 Technical Service and
Liaison

    

    8.1The seller shall timely provide such
all-through services as relevant technical instructions, technical cooperation
and technical trainings for
the engineering design, equipment construction supervision, inspection,
earthwork, installation, debugging, acceptance, performance acceptance test,
running and maintenance related to the contractual equipments supplied by the
seller.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          13

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    8.2   The seller shall send representatives to the
site of the contractual wind farm to provide technical service and instruct the
buyer through the process of installation,
partial commissioning, debugging and start-up according to the Technical
materials from the seller.
And the seller shall also be liable for settlement any problem concerning
manufacture quality and performance that arises during installation, debugging
and commissioning.

    

    8.3  The seller shall submit
the plan for carrying out the services stated in item 8.1 and 8.2 in duplicate to the
buyer at the first meeting
on design in
the Fengkou Wind Farm Project in
Pinglu.

    

    8.4 If the seller receives technical
support, the technical support side should provide documents to the buyer
through the seller.

    

    8.5 The seller shall make sure all
personnels undertaking the design and technical guidance shall make efforts to
serve for the maximum
interest of the”wind farm”,and will not violate this
rule.

    

    8.6   In case there
are big problems that call for the
immediate negotiation of
both parties, either of the two parties can propose a meeting and generally the
other party shall agree to attend the meeting.

    

    8.7   As to each meeting
and other types of liaison, the meeting or liaison minute shall be signed and
enforced by both parties.
In case the contract terms and conditions are to be amended, it shall be
approved by the legal representative of both parties and the amended version
shall be the standard.It
must be agreed by both sides before the modification of the material technical project or the
contractual price.

    

    8.8   In case the seller
is to amend the scheme for installation, debugging, running and technical
service proposed by the seller and confirmed by both parties at the meeting, the
seller shall inform the
buyer in written form for confirmation. In
order to meet the requirements of site conditions, the buyer has the right to suggest alteration or
amendment and shall inform the seller in written form. The seller shall take
full consideration and meet the requirements of the buyer as possibly as it
can.

    

    8.9   The seller or the
buyer has the right to distribute the
materials related to the contractual equipments provided by the counterpart to
all parties involved in the project, and no forms of tort thus arises. However, in no circumstances shall
the materials be provided to the third party who is not involved in the
project.

    

    8.10 As to the materials of the seller
and the buyer which are sealed with “CONFIDENTIAL”, both parties undertake the
confidentiality liabilities
and obligations.

    

    8.11 In case the seller’s sub-contractor needs part of the
technical service related to the contractual equipments or works in the site, it
shall be organized by the seller and approved by the buyer. All the expenses
shall be borne by the
sub-contractor itself.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          14

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    8.12 The seller (including
subcontracting and outsourcing) shall undertake the full liability for supply,
equipment, technical interface and technical service involved in the
contract.

    

    8.13 As to other equipments
connected with the
contractual equipments, the seller is under the obligation to provide interface
and technical cooperation and no other expenses thus arises beyond the contract
price.

    

    8.14 The technicians who are sent to the
site by the seller to offer services shall be experienced and competent.
The technicians shall be confirmed by the buyer during the first conference on
design. The
buyer has the right to suggest replacing those
who fail to meet the requirements, and the seller shall assign new technicians
recognized by the buyer. In
case the seller fails to make a timely reply to the request for replacing
incompetent technicians by the buyer, it shall be regarded as the delay of the
project according to item 11.11.

    

    8.15 The seller shall be liable for the
loss caused by the
technicians’ negligence or faults in instructing the
installation, debugging and commissioning or by the seller’s failure in assigning personnel for
instruction according to the requirements.

    

    9 Quality Supervision and
Inspection

    

    9.1 Supervision

    

    9.1.1 The seller should offer design,
fabrication and inspection standard catalog for the contract to the
buyer at the first meeting
on design for the wind farm project..

    

    9.1.2 The buyer will consign supervision units who are
qualified or delegate
representatives, together with identifiers from the seller, to do equipment
construction supervision and test before leaving factory to understand the
instance of equipment assembling, inspection, testing and casing quality, and
sign. The seller has the responsibility to cooperate with
supervisors to offer relative data and standards without assuming any charge
from them in time.

    

    9.1.3 Supervising range and detailed
supervising testing/witness item include full course of products involved in the
contract.

    

    9.1.4 The seller should offer data
follows to the supervising test of factory stationed representatives and
supervising representatives:

    

    9.1.4.1 When delivering equipment
materials according to the contract, producing plan of the whole equipment and
producing schedule and
inspection project per month should be offered.

    

    9.1.4.2 Offer supervising content and
inspection time for equipment 7 days before action.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          15

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    9.1.4.3 Offer standards (including
factory standard), drawing, data, craftwork and practical craftwork course, inspection record,
relevant files and copies related to the equipment supervision in the
contract.

    

    9.1.4.4 Give working and living
convenience to the supervising representatives.

    

    9.1.5 Supervising inspection/witness
(usually on-site witness)
should not affect the producing schedule in gear (not including shutdown
inspection when significant problem appears), and should take practical
producing course of the seller into account. If supervising representatives can
not arrive to the locale on the informed time from the seller,
testing work of the seller’s factory can be on the rails, with the
results in effect, but the supervising representatives have the right to know,
consult and copy the report and results of inspection and testing
after (assignment to documentary witness). If
the seller checks separately without informing supervising representatives, the
buy will not accept the inspection results, and the seller should test with the
seller’s representatives on the
site.

    

    9.1.6 Through supervision, when finding equipments and
materials not matching standards and casing in the contract, supervising
representatives have the right to make remarks and not to sign. And the seller
should improve to ensure product quality. No matter the supervising representatives know or claim to know,
the seller has the responsibility to tell initiatively and timely the big
quality defects and problems through fabrication of contracted equipment.
Keeping back is not allowed and the seller should not handle separately when the supervising unit knows
nothing about it.

    

    9.1.7 No matter supervising
representatives are concerned with supervision and leaving factory check, or
supervising representatives attend supervision and inspection, and sign the
supervision and check
report, it can not be considered as the seller unchaining the quality insurance
responsibility under contract item 11, and it can not prevent the responsibility
the seller should take on the equipment quality.

    

    9.1.8 The seller (including technical
support side) is fully
responsible for the quality of the equipment and any costs caused by the
Seller.

     

    The buyer has the right to consult the
supervising record of the technical support side, if the buyer demands a
replication, the seller must provide a copy.
 

    
      
        
          
             

          

          
            16

            
              

            

          

          
             

          

        

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

    

    9.2  Factory Inspection and
Open package inspection

     

    9.2.1 All contracted equipment/parts
(including subcontracting and outsourcing) applied by the seller should be check
and test strictly through producing process, and parts and/or the complete
machine should be equipped
and tested before leaving factory. All check, test and assembling should be
recorded formally. And acceptance certification, as a part of technique data,
should be posted to the buyer for data save. Besides, the seller
should offer acceptance
certification and quality certification in random files.

    

    9.2.2 The Vendor shall, 3 months before
assembly of Plants jointly inspected by both parties, notify the
buyer of the preliminary plan of inspection
and assembly and the detailed plan should be proposed one month later. The
buyer has the right of sending its
representative at its own cost to the manufacturing factory of the Vendor and
its technical support provider, for knowledge about Plant assembly, inspection,
testing and package. In case the  buyer’s representative finds the Plant or any
parts defective or non-conformable to standards or packing requirements as
specified in this Contract, the representative has right to give his or her
opinion, which should be given full consideration to. The vendor shall also take corresponding
measures to guarantee the quality of delivery. The inspection and testing
procedures shall be negotiated by the buyer’s representative together with the
Vendor’s personnel. Due to its reasons, the
Vendor fails to follow the above-mentioned procedures and
notify the buyer, so that the buyer hasn’t adequate time for inspection. Then,
the buyer is entitled to require the Vendor to
postpone the ex-factory date of the main Plant according to actual
situations.

    

    9.2.3 The seller should offer data follows to the
supervising test of factory stationed representatives and supervising
representatives:

    

    9.2.3.1 When delivering equipment materials
according to the contract, producing plan of the whole equipment and producing
schedule and inspection
project per month should be offered.

    

    9.2.3.2 Offer supervising content and
inspection time for equipment 7 days before action.

    

    9.2.3.3 Offer standards (including factory
standard), drawing, data, craftwork and practical craftwork course, inspection record, relevant files and
copies related to the equipment supervision in the contract.

    

    9.2.3.4 Give working and living convenience
to the supervising representatives.

    

    9.2.4 The buyer  commission
the sub-contractor to  remind, receive, save, and   manage the
equipment (including technical data), the seller shall  accept such
management from the sub-contractor.

    

    When products reach the destination, the
buyer should reach the locale within 4 days after receiving the notice from the
seller on his own expense,
and check the casing, appearance and amount according to the waybill and packing
list together with the buyer. Any unconformity that is affirmed to be the
seller’s responsibility by the two parties
should be solved by the seller.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          17

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    After the product reaching the locale, the buyer
should open the box and test the amount, specs and quality as soon as
possible(generally no more
than 7 business days). The
Project Construction Contractors should informe the seller the opening
date 5 days before the
test. The seller should sent identifiers to
attend locale test. The buyer should give working and living convenience to the
identifiers from the seller. If the seller’s personnel do not reach the locale on
time, the buyer has the right to open the box
and test separately, and
the test results and records have the effect to both sides and are the evidence
in effect when the buyer claims compensation to the
seller.

    

      If the project construction contractor
opened the box without informing the seller or didn’t open the box untill 6months after the
reach,all the consequences are born to the buyer, the buyer could
claim compensation to the project construction contractor.

    

    9.2.5 When any damage, defect, shortage or
unconformity to quality standard and criterion in the contract on the equipment for
the seller’s reason is found through locale test,
record should made and be signed by both parties, each side keeping one as the
gist for claiming repairing and/or changing and/or compensation; if the seller
asks the buyer to repair the equipment, all the
repairing charge should be taken by the seller; if damage or shortage for
the project construction contractor’s reason are found, the seller should
offer or change relevant parts as soon as possible after receiving
notice from the
the project construction contractor, with all charge taken by the
the project construction contractor.

    

    9.2.6 If the seller dissents the requirements
of repairing, changing and compensation from the buyer, he should bring forward
it within 3days after receiving written notice from
the buyer, or the requirements will come into existence. If dissenting, the
seller should send representatives to the locale on his own expense to test
again within 7 days after receiving the
notice.

    

    9.2.7 If representatives from the two parties can not
be unanimous on the test records, they can consult wind farm testing institution
to test. The test results have sanction to both sides and the test charge should
be taken by the responsible party.

    

    9.2.8 When receiving compensation claim from the
buyer under the contract items, the seller
should repair, change or reissue the shortage as soon as possible, all charge,
including fabricating, repairing, carriage, and insurance should be taken by the
responsible party. The compensation claim laid before will be
deducted from contract fulfilling guarantee or the next payment by the
buyer.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          18

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    9.2.9 For the repairing or changing time of
equipment or parts for the seller’s reason, under the principle that
without affecting the building progress, but no later than
60 days after finding the defect, damage
or shortage, or it will be solved under item 11.9.

    

    9.2.10 The time of the buyer claims for compensation on the tested
product will be not later than 6months after products’ reaching on equipment storing field of
contracted wild farm.

    

    9.2.11 Inspection in item 9.2.2 to item
9.2.8 is only for the test of arrival
products. Though no problem is found or the seller has changed or repaired under
compensation claim, it can not be taken as the seller’s unchaining of quality assurance
responsibility under item 11.

    

    9.3 The buyer will consign supervision units who are
qualified or delegate representatives, together with identifiers from the
seller, to do equipment construction supervision and test before leaving factory to
understand the instance of equipment assembling, inspection, testing and casing
quality, and sign. The seller has the responsibility to cooperate with
supervisors to offer relative data and standards without assuming any
charge from them in time,and the seller is responsible to
provide a convinient living and working condition.

    

    9.4 During the equipment construction supervision and
test, the process should strictly implement
the regulations of the national environmental protection and occupational health and safety
laws to protect the enviroment.

    

    9.5 The feedback from supervision staff
about the  quality, environment, occupational health and safety
information is a re-assessment basis for the supplied
enterprise.

    

    10 Installation, Debugging, Commissioning and
Acceptance

    

    10.1 The contract equipments
are designed,installed, adjusted, run and maintained
according to the technical
martierals,acceptance standard,blueprint and instruction book.

    

    All of the installation should be
finished under the guidance
of the techinical staffs.Both parties should collaborate sufficiently and take
effective measures to make sure the quick start of the wind farm
construction.The seller should provide the buyer significant
procedures.

    

    10.2 After the contract equipment is finished
installation, the seller shall dispatch people to instruct debugging and solve
equipment problems during the debugging as possible.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          19

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    10.3 After installation of each set
Plant supplied, the Vendor shall be responsible for making the commissioning plan, arranging
the order of commissioning, and conducting commissioning of single set and
system, the last issue of which shall be under the sole responsibility of the
Vendor for the actual operation. Afterwards, the wind farm system commissioning begins under the
responsibility of the buyer, but the Vendor shall assist with full efforts,
providing the key points for the Plant commissioning (including the
commissioning outline, plan, technical measures and specific requirements
for commissioning), which are subject to
confirmation by the buyer. The actual operation shall be carried out by the
buyer within a period not exceeding 6 months, during which, if all Plants and
the whole set runs steadily, the full-load test run can conducted, as detailed in Appendices 1 and
5.

    

    10.3.1 After installation of each set of
Contract Plant, the Vendor shall be responsible for making the commissioning
plan, arranging the order of commissioning, and conducting commissioning of
single set and system, the
last issue of which shall be under the sole responsibility of the Vendor for the
actual operation. The Vendor shall solve the problems found in the commissioning
within 2 months. If, for its own reasons, the Vendor delays the commissioning,
it will be treated as equal to the delay of
manufacturing time as per Article 11.9.

    

    10.4 Performance acceptance test shall
be conducted after all the equipments of each set run stably and run
consecutively and stably for 360 hours. The buyer is responsible for this acceptance test and the seller
participates. After the performance acceptance test is completed, and the
contract equipments reach each performance guarantee index specified by power
curve and availability, the seller shall sign the equipment
performance pre-acceptance
certificate with the seller within 10 days. If the contract equipments can not
reach one or several indexes specified by the power curve and availability in
appendix , it is treated according to article 10.6 and 11.7. If the first
performance acceptance test can not reach one or
several performance guarantee values specified by the power curve and
availability in
appendix, both parties
shall analyze the reasons together and clarify liabilities which shall be born
by the responsible party for taking measures, and within 120 hours after the completion of the first
acceptance test conduct the second acceptance test,if then the wind turbine operaing
smoothly,the test is qualified.

    

    The following external causes of
downtime, would not be considered as a wind turbine
failure:

    

    Power failure (network parameters beyond
the technical specifications);

    

    Weather conditions (including wind and
temperature) beyond the technical specifications specified operating
range.

    

    10.5 Subject to the condition of not
affecting safe and reliable
run of the contract equipments, if there is certain small flaw, and that the
seller repairs the above mentioned flaws within the agreed time by both parties,
the seller may agree to sign the performance pre-acceptance
certificate.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          20

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    10.6 If the first performance acceptance
test can not reach one or several performance guarantee values specified by the
power curve and availability in appendix 1, both parties shall analyze the reasons
together and clarify liabilities which shall be born by the responsible party for taking
measures, and within 90
days after the completion
of the first acceptance test conduct the second acceptance test .

    

    10.6.1 If it is the seller’s cause, the seller should take
effective measures to make second acceptance test achive the technical function and pay
for all the direct fees,including but not limited to the following
fees:

    

    The fees for replacement and / or repair of
the equipment and
materials;

     

    The cost of technical personnel for
participating in the second acceptance test of the
seller;

     

    The cost of technical personnel for
participating in the test and repair from the buyer’s side;

     

    The cost of the tools and equipments used in the second acceptance test.

     

    The fees for the use of materials and consumables
in the second acceptance test excluding
the fuel costs;

    

    The fees for the shipment of the equipment and materials
in replacement and / or
repair .

    

    10.6.2 If it is the seller’s cause, the seller should take
effective measures to make second acceptance test achive the technical function and pay for
all the direct fees

    

    10.7 After the second performance
acceptance test, if there are still one or several technical indexes that can
not reach the performance guarantee values specified by the technical
specification of this
contract, both parties shall study and analyze reasons together and clarify
liabilities: if it is because of the seller, article 11 of this contract is
executed; if because of the  buyer, this contract equipment should be
considered as passed the performance acceptance, and within 10
days thereafter, the representative of the buyer will sign the performance
pre-acceptance certificate of this contract together with the representative of
the seller. But the seller is still obligatory to take measures with the buyer to make the
performance of the contract equipment to reach the guarantee
value.

    

    10.8 If the commissioning and
performance acceptance test on the contract equipments can not be made due to
the  buyer’s reason, after 3 months after the arrival of the contract equipment at the
site, it will taken as passed final acceptance, and within 10 days thereafter,
the buyer shall sign the final acceptance certificate together with the
seller.

    

    10.9 Whether the performance acceptance
test of the contract
equipment is made once or twice, the buyer will issue the final acceptance
certificate within 10 days after finishing claim from the day
when the pre-acceptance certificate is issued to 24 months according to the
provision of article 11.4.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          21

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    10.10 Performance acceptance certificate issued
according to article 10.4 and 10.7 only prove that the equipment performance and
parameters are accepted up to the time when the performance acceptance
certificate is issued according to the contract requirement, but can not be considered as evidence for
relieving relevant liabilities of the seller for possible existing deflect that
may cause damage of the contract equipments. Likewise, the final acceptance
certificate shall also not be considered as evidence for relieving relevant liabilities of the seller
for possible existing deflect that may cause damage of the contract
equipments.

    

    Potential deflect reforest to the
potential danger of the equipment that can not be found under normal situation
during manufacturing and
short-term running process. The period of liability of the seller for correcting
potential deflects shall last till the termination of the 36 months guarantee period to the first
overhaul. When such potential deflect is found (through confirmation of
both parties), the seller
shall repair or replace according to the specification of article 6.8and 11.3
hereof.

    

    10.11 Anytime during the process of
executing the contract, for the request of the seller on inspection testing,
retesting, repairing or replacing work out of the need of the
seller’s responsibilities, the
buyer shall make arrangement to cooperate with
the above mentioned work. The seller shall bear fees for repairing, replacement
or labors. If the seller entrusts constructor of the buyer to process and/or repair and replace equipment,
or there is re-work caused by the error of the design drawings of the seller,
instruction errors of the seller, the seller shall pay fees to the
buyer according to the following formula: (all
the fees are calculated according to the rate at the time when
the fees happen).

    

    P=ah+M+cm

    Among which P – total fees (Yuan)

    a – labor fee (Yuan/hour·person)

    h – Person time (hour·person)

    M – Material fee (Yuan)

    C – Set & shift number
(set·shift)

    M – Set & shift fee for each equipment
(Yuan/set·shift)

    

    10.12 In the longevity of a wind turbine,if
the seller stop or can’t manufacture the spare parts,the seller
is responsible for informing the buyer in advance,so that there is sufficient
time for the buyer to order
the last passel of spare parts.It is the seller’s obligation to provide drawings, templates, tools, molds and
technical instructions,so
that the buyer can manufacture the needed spare parts and it will not forme tort
of patent and industral design. After using the spare parts,the
buyer should return the above items in a reasonable manner and
condition.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          22

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    10.13 In 15 years of the effective
day, the seller should distribute the materials related to the
contractual equipments
including the operating experience,technical and security materials involved in the project, and no forms of
tort thus arises.

    

    10.14 Subject to the condition of not
affecting safe and reliable run of the contract equipments, if there is certain
small flaw, and that the seller repairs the above mentioned flaws within the
agreed time by both partie, both parties shall analyze the reasons
together and clarify liabilities which shall be born by the responsible party
for taking measures。After the quality guarantee period,it is the seller’s obligation to provide the paid services.

    

    11. Guarantee and Claim

    

    11.1 Quality warranty to the contract
equipment to be supplied by seller starts from the signature of acceptance
certificate for individual works. Warranty period is good for 24 months. At
the end of warranty period,
performance will be conducted on contract equipment, especially for the
reliability under the warranty.

    

    At the end of 24-month quality warranty
period, both parties will sign off relevant certificates (final acceptance
certificate).

    

    11.2 Seller guarantees all the equipment
to be supplied under this contract is fresh new, accommodating general and safe
operation and demonstrating long life. Also they must meet requirement specified
in the contract. Equipment must be fabricated with advanced, mature technology and best
quality. Equipment must demonstrate reliable and economical operation and is
easy for maintenance.

    

    Seller guarantees the technical
materials to be provided as required in the technical specification under the
contract are integral and
the contents are correct and accurate. Such documents must accommodate design,
installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance of contract
equipment.

    

    11.3. Anytime during the process of executing
the contract, for the mistake of the seller on providing
materials,technical instruction, retesting, repairing or replacing work, the
buyer shall make arrangement to cooperate with the above mentioned work. The
seller shall bear fees for repairing, replacement or labors and the
replacement or the repairing should no later than
the date of the responsibility comfirmation day within 1 month . If the buyer
can’t provide technical
materials,instruction  repair and replace equipment, or there is
re-work caused by the error of the design drawings of the buyer, instruction errors of
the buyer, the buyer shall pay the fees.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          23

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    11.4 After warranty expires, the buyer
will issue within 30 days the certificate of acceptance against contract
equipment. The conditions are: Seller must finish handling all the claims and compensation which are
implemented by the buyer prior to the expiry of such warranty. However, seller
assumes no liabilities for any abnormal maintenance or wrong operation or losses
from normal wearing.

    

    11.5 Within warranty period, if
equipment is found
defective and not conforming to contract, it is deemed as responsibility of
seller. In this case, the buyer has rights to make claim against seller. In case
of doubt by seller, clause 9.2.6 will apply. Otherwise, seller will
provide immediate and free
of chare repair or replacement, claim or arrange other parties for repair work
right after seller receives notice from the buyer regarding the
claim.

    

    11.6 If defective equipment needs to be
replaced or repaired ,the
guarantee
period should be extended according to the replacement
or the repair.

    

    11.7 If, due to the reasons of the Vendor,
after the performance acceptance test as specified in Article 10, each set of
Contract Plant still can’t satisfy one or many indicators defined
in Appendix 1 in the second
acceptance test, the Vendor shall pay the liquidated damages, calculated as
follows: compensation on the basis of the wind-power curve and plant
availability.

    

    (1) Power curve is evaluated as per a
single set ≥ 96% in the
power curve form, and 1% of
the total contract price of the plant is paid as the liquidated damages for
every 1% lower.

    

    (2) The plant availability is the
average availability of contract plant in the wind farm, and during the quality
guarantee period, the average availability of the wind Generator Set shall be
≥96%, and 1% of the total
contract price of the plant is paid as the liquidated damages for every 1%
lower. The average availability of a single set within the quality guarantee
period shall be ≥85%, and
1% of the total contract price of the plant is paid
as the liquidated damages for every 0.5% lower. The two kinds of liquidated
damages shall not be calculated at the same time, and whichever has the larger
amount shall be implemented. If the average availability of a single set within the quality guarantee
period is < 80%, the buyer is entitled to change another brand-new
Generator Set at the Vendor’s cost or return the Generator Set. Now
the Vendor shall indemnify the double of the contract price of the plant to the
buyer.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          24

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    (3)The amount of the penalty should be no
more than 10% of the total price of the contract equipment.Even if the seller
paid the penalty,it is also his obligation to provide technical support,as well
as take several measures to achive the economical objective.

    

    11.8 For serious defects with contract
equipment during warranty period due to fault on side of seller, then the
warranty period for such components will be 12 months starting from the date of
corrections are corrected.

    

    11.9 If seller fails (except for force majeure) to deliver
the goods to the schedule in the contract not because of the fault on side of
the buyer, actual delivery date is calculated according to clause 6.1 and 6.4.
The buyer has rights to claim penalty against seller based on following rates:

    

    A. When delivery or payment of wind turbine or it spare parts
is delayed for
1-2weeks, (except the delay of the delivery
approved in written by the buyer), for each week, the penalty is
1‰ of the contractural price for each set.
if the delay is less than 1 week, then 1 week
will be used in the calculation.

    

    B. When delivery or payment of wind turbine or it spare parts
is delayed for 3-4weeks, (except the delay of the delivery
approved in written by the buyer), for each week, the penalty
is 1.5‰ of the contractural price for each set
and the seller is responsible for the compensate for the sub-contractor.
if the delay is less than 1
week, then 1 week will be used in the calculation.

    

    If defective equipment needs to be
replaced or repaired due to
fault on the side of seller, such occurrence causes stop to delivery or delay to
installation, then warranty period will be prolonged by the period equivalent of
30 days.(except the it is agreed by the buyer in
written ),the seller should pay penalty to the buyer,220,000 yuan for one set
should be charged.The payment of the penalty would not remove the
seller’s obligation to deliver the wind
turbines. If the delivery is delayed for 60days,the buyer has
rights to terminate part or the whole of the contract, all of the losses arised therefrom should
be borne by the seller.

    

    11.10 If it is verified that
seller’s fault causes seller to fail to make
the delivery as scheduled in the specification of the contract, both parties
will verify the key technical materials, design and planned materials
which affect construction progress. 

    

    A. When delivery or payment is delayed
for 1weeks, for each week, the penalty is 20,000 Yuan for each batch. if the delay is less than 1 week, then
1 week will be used in the calculation.

    

    B. When delivery or payment is delayed
for 2-4 weeks, for each week, the penalty is
40,000 Yuan for each
batch. if the delay is less
than 1 week, then 1 week will be used in the calculation.

    

    C. When delivery or payment is delayed
for over 4 weeks, for each week, 60,000 Yuan for each batch. if the delay is less than 1 week, then
1 week will be used in the calculation.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          25

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    11.11 If contract performance is delayed due
to delay, negligence and or mistakes with the technical service by seller, for
each week delay, seller
will pay as penalty to the buyer 0.5% of the amount for each equipment package.
Also seller will pay for all the direct losses due to his faulty technical
service or breach of contract.

    

    11.12 The payment of the penalty would not
remove the
seller’s obligation in the
contract.

    

     11.13 If it is verified that the buyer postpone the
payment, the buyer should pay the penalty based on following
rates:

    

    A. When delivery or payment is delayed
for 1-4 weeks, for each day, the penalty of each set is 0.3% of the delayed
amount.

    

    B. When delivery or payment is delayed
for 4-24 weeks, for each day, the penalty of each set is 0.4% of the delayed
amount.

    

    C. When delivery or payment is delayed
for over 24 weeks, for each day, the penalty of each set is 0.5% of the delayed
amount.

    

    12 Insurance

    

    12.1 The insurance paid by seller will
last until goods arrive on site. Insurance amount will be 100% of contract amount (one hundred and
ten percent)

    

    12.2 The seller should provide a copy of the
insurance for the first
batch of equipment 20 days prior to the delivery to the buyer. If it is the
seller's cause that the copy of the insurance can not be
provided.

    

    The seller should agree to the buyer's
non-payment of transport fees until the buyer received a copy of the insurance.

    

    13. Taxes and fees

    

    13.1 Seller will pay all the taxes and
fees rated to this contract in accordance with applicable national tax laws,
codes and regulations.

    

    13.2 The prices contained in this
contract are tax included. Taxes and fees for equipment, technical materials, service
(including transportation) and imported equipment/parts are all included in the
contract prices and will be paid by seller.

    

    13.3 The seller shall assist the tax
reliefs of the imported equipment and materialsthe  in the project .

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          26

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    14. Subcontracting and
outsourcing

    

    14.1 Seller is not allowed to assignment
in partial or full of any part of the contract to any other
parties.

    

    If the seller needs the content and
ratio of sub ,the buyer should approveat first.

    

    14.2 The seller shall execute the contract in
accordance with appendix 1 and appendix 8 .

    

    14.3 Technical service for the
equipment/components under subcontract will be handled according to clause 8.11,
8.12 .

    

    14.4 Seller assumes all the liabilities
for all the subcontracted
equipment and components under the contract.

    

    14.5 The content of subcontracting and
outsourcing,please see the
appendix1 and appendix8.

    

    14.6 Seller is not allowed to assignment in
partial or full of any part of the contract to any other parties. Five big components of the wind
power generation system are not allowed for subcontracting without consent with
the buyer. If subcontract is allowed, the contents and ratio of subcontract
items must be approved by the buyer. Seller assumes all the liabilities for all the subcontracted
equipment and components under the contract.

    

    14.7 The buyer’s right

    

    The seller should supervise and guide
the work of its sub-contractors.If the buyer found the defect of the
sub-contractor’s work,the buyer will notify such party in writing. The violating
party will within 5 days of the notice will make
corrections to such defect. If correction fails or correction plan
cannot be proposed after
5days of another notice,
the other party will taker
all measures to make up the
defects. All the costs,
fees and claims incurred from this will be the liability of the seller.If the buyer refuse to pay for
the fees,the buyer can deduct the amount from the balance. losses caused to buyer will be paid by the seller.

    

    14.8 Non Contractual Relationship

    

    Whatever the Contract stipulates, it
shall not be deemed as a contractual relationship existing between the
buyer and any of the Vendor’s subcontractors for the
buyer’s approval, confirmation, agreement or
supervision of it.

    

    14.9 Termination of
Subcontractors

    

    In case the buyer finds that the work
any subcontractor of the Vendor doesn’t conform to the requirements of this
Contract or has serious defects, the buyer shall be entitled to require the
Vendor in written to terminate the subcontractor. The Vendor shall give
reasonable explanations within 7 days upon receiving the buyer’s written requirement to the
buyer’s satisfaction. If the buyer
isn’t satisfied with or doesn’t accept the explanation, the Vendor
shall terminate the subcontractor’s contract within 14 days upon receiving
another notice of the buyer. The exercising of the foregoing right by the buyer
shall not be subject to the restrictions of whether this subcontractor has been
approved, agreed or confirmed by the Vendor.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          27

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    15 Change, modification and termination of
contract

    

    15.1 Once contract becomes effective,
neither party is allowed to make and unilateral and arbitrary modification to
contracts (including appendices).Any change, modification and termination
to contract should be informed to the other party in
written.

    

    If there is change to contract price or the schedule of delivery, one side should submite the detail
instruction of the change in 7days after the receiving of the
notice.  It becomes effecive after both parties agreed and signed the
agreement.

    

    15.2 In case either party has violation
or refuses to perform the contract, the other party will notify such party in
writing. The violating party will within 7 days of the notice will make
corrections to such violations or refusal. If corrections cannot be
corrected in 7 days, correction plan is needed. If
correction fails or correction plan cannot be proposed, the other party will
reserve the rights to terminate in partial or in full the contract. For such
termination, the other
party will not issue change order. All the costs, fees and claims incurred from
this will be the liability of the opposite party. If there are other clauses
available with regards to such violation, such clauses will be applied for.

    

    15.3 If the buyer exercise the right of termination
, the buyer has the right to stop the payment which shoud do at term of
termination.

    

     and  has the right to
claim the prepay during the exercise of the contract.15.4 During term of contract, if the
contract cannot be further
performed due to change to national planning, the seller and/or the buyer can propose to the other party to
terminate or modify affected clauses.

    

    15.5 If the equipment cannot be
delivered due to fault on seller side, the seller will pay penalty to the buyer. Such penalty will be
30% of the amount for returned equipment.
Also losses caused to the buyer will be paid to the buyer.

    

    15.6 If the equipment cannot be delivered
due to fault on seller side, the seller will pay penalty to the buyer. Such
penalty will be
30% of the amount for returned equipment.
Also losses caused to the buyer will be paid to the buyer.

    

    15.7 Before the declare of the seller’s bankruptcy, the debt to the buyer in such contract
should take priority.During the change of property,there is an obligation for the
seller to make sure the the performance of the buyer’s contract.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          28

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    15.8 In case of occurrence related to clause
15.7, the buyer has rights to obtain the
takeover of all the contract equipment related tasks. Also he can at appropriate time take away all the
contract equipment related design, drawing, instructions and materials in the
premises of the seller. The ownership of such items belongs to the buyer. The
seller will provide the buyer with all the convenience for such handling so that the buyer can remove
above design, drawings and materials. The buyer will assume no liabilities for
any direct or indirect claims against the seller from termination of such
contract. In addition, both parties will reach agreement on the evaluation of the performed part of the
contract. Also they will handle all the consequences because of advance contract
termination.

    

    15.9 Termination to contract to force
majure.

    

    15.9.1 The seller should make sure the storgae
and insurance of all the related
documents,information,equipment  (finished or semi-finished products)
and the material ,and the fees should be paid by the buyer.

    

    15.9.2 The buyer shall not bear any liabilities for the
claims, either direct or indirect, against the Vendor by a third party due to termination of a part of or
the whole contract.

    

    15.9.3 If the contract is partially
terminated, the other parts shall be still valid and
performed.

    

    15.10 The obligations undertaken by both
parties of the Contract shall not extend beyond the scope of this Contract. And one party
of the Contract shall not make statements, descriptions, commitments or actions
having binding force over the other party.

    

    16 Force Majure

    

    16.1  Force Majure means that
when signing the contract , the incidents unforeseeable , unavoidable , and
unsolvable , including but not limited to severe natural disaster or calamity
(such as typhoon , flood , earthquake , fire or explosion etc.) , war (no matter
declared or not) , rebellion , commotion etc . Any party of the contract , because of force majure, and
execution of the contract was influenced , will delay the time limited of
pursuing the obligation of contract with the time limit equal to the duration of
force majure , but can not adjust the price of the contract due to delay caused by force
majure.

    

    16.2 The party influenced by force
majure should notify by fax about the detail of force majure to the other party
after happening of force majure, and within 14 days delivered the proving documents issued by the authority to the
other party, the party influenced should try his best to reduce the influence
and the delayed caused, once the influence of force majure is finished, he
should notify the other party.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          29

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    16.3 If both party estimate
that the influence of force
majure might be prolonged to over 120 days, each party should solve the
execution problem of this contract through friendly negotiation.(including
delivery, installation, commissioning and acceptance etc.)。

    

    17 Settlement of Dispute of the
Contract

    

    17.1 All the disputes related and caused
by this contract should be solved through friendly negotiation, if negotiation
failed, any party of the contract has the right to apply for arbitration at the
arbitration institute at
the location of the buyer, and the arbitration will have power upon both
parties.

    

    17.2 The place of
arbitration:Wuhan

    

    17.3 Arbitral institution:Wuhan arbitration
commission.

    

    17.4 Arbitral decision shall be binding to
both parties.

    

    17.5 Except there are other rules,the fees
occurred in the above process should be borne by
the the losing side.

    

    17.6 Unless other agreements exist, the
arbitration will not influence that each party continue pursue his own
obligations under the contract.

    

    18. Execution of
contract

    

    18.1 The contract becomes effective since
both authorized representatives signing the contract and has been
sealed.

    

    18.2The effective date of the
contract:

    

    The effective date will start from the
action date of the contract to when the final acceptance document is
issued, compensation finished, money paid and goods
delivered.

    

    19. Others

    

    19.1  The laws adapted to this contract are
the present laws of Peoples Republic of China.

    

    19.2  The appendices included by this contract
are the crucial part of
this contract and has the same legal power.

    

    19.3 The obligation of the parties
undertaking the  contracts shall not exceed the provisions of the
contract, either party shall not make statements, representations, promises or
actions on behalf of the
other party.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          30

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    19.4 The contract sets out the
responsibilities, obligations, compensation and redress provisions of the both
parties, . Any party does not assume responsibility beyond the provisions,
obligation, compensation and redressof this contract.19.5 Any party without the permit of other
party should not assignment part or all the rights and obligations to the third
party.

    

    19.6 For the documents and files supplied by
both parties under this contract should not be provided to any third
party unrelated to the
contract equipments and projects.

    

    19.7 Patent:The seller should ensure the buyer, when using the
goods or any part of the good , not be impeached by third party for violation of
his patent right , brand right or industrial design right . When any third party
raises compensation for violation, the buyer should informe the seller in
7business days after the day of allegation.

    

    the seller should response to the third party for
Settlement, and should bear the legal and economical responsibilities caused
hereinafter.Both parties
should appoint two authorized representatives
respectively,who are responsible for the technical and economical problems.The
authorized representatives’ name and postal address should informe
the other party at the effective day of the contract.

    

    19.8 Any mail communication notification or requirement , if is
written formally and sent to the following address by people , or registered
mail , air mail , telecommunication or fax , after getting confirmation by the
people of other party and/or by communication equipment , will be deemed as having been formally accepted
by the other part

    

    19.9 The contract should be written in
Chinese,the documents,technical materials,instruction,minutes and letters during
the business should be the Chinese version,the Chinese should have
priority.

    

    19.10 This contract has 6 original copies and 8 duplicated copies, the seller hold 1 original copy and 1 duplicated copies. The buyer hold 5 original copy and 7 duplicated copies.

    

    
      
        
           

        

        
          31

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

    

    
       

      
        

      

    

    
      
        	
                Buyer

              	
                Seller

              
	 
      	 
      
	
                Name:

              	
                Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power Co.,
      Ltd.

              	 
      	
                Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.
      (“The
      seller”)

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Adress:

              	
                Building Kaidi 1Jiangxia Av.
      East Lake New
      Technology Development Zone,Wuhan

              	 
      	
                Nanhu Av. East East Lake New Technology
      Development Zone,Wuhan

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Post Code:

              	
                430223

              	 
      	
                430074

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Contact:

              	
                Gao Zhiping

              	 
      	
                Yanhuan

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Tel:

              	
                027-67869404

              	 
      	
                027-87985085

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Fax:

              	
                027-67869067

              	 
      	
                027-87985096

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Account Opening
      Bank:

              	
                Wuhan Commercial Bank Guanshan
      branch

              	 
      	
                Agricultural Bank of
      China

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Bank
Account

              	
                0120101000298

              	 
      	
                040001040002107

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Registration
      Number

                of Taxpayer
    :

              	
                420101764643583

              	 
      	
                420101792400140

              
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Seal:

              	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Signature of
      representatives:

              	 
      	
                Signature of
      representatives:

              	 
      
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                Signature
    Date:

              	 
      	
                Date:

              	 
      

      

    

    
       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          32

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
        

      
Appendix
1 Technical Agreement

    

    See the
Technical Agreement for details

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      Contract
No.: LJ20070830

       

      Fengkou
Wind Farm Project Phase I in 

      Pinglu
Constructed by Wuhan Kaidi 

      Electric
Power Engineering Co., Ltd.

       
(49.3 MW)

       

      Main
Machine Equipment of

      Wind
Turbine Generator System 

       

      Technology
Agreement

       

      Design
Unit: Northwest Electric Power Design Institute

      
         

        Purchasing party: Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power
Engineering Co.,Ltd.

      

       

      Supplying
party: Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.

       

      Date:
Jul. 15, 2008

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
1:Description
on composing and technical performance of contract equipment

       

      1. Spec.
& model

       

      Guoce
Nordic DW 1.0S system is grid connection Wind Turbine Generator System. Its
rating power is 1.0MW, consists of horizontal axis, double blades, drum-type
tower with upwind. Its service life of design is 20 years.

       

      2. Technology
description

       

      Design
aims of DW 1.0S is translating wind energy into electric energy adopting wind
turbines of structure much lighter and simple than the traditional design. In
this way it can compete with other wind turbines and energy source.

       

      Material
quantity used for wind generator should be direct proportion with the load born
by the wind generator, thus the material utilization quantity must be the least.
Fatigue loading during the normal operation is mainly limited by design of
blade, wheel hub and yawing system.

       

      Main
function of yawing system is to make the blower fan towards the correct wind
direction. Simultaneously, provide flexible damp connection for nacelle and
turbine tower. Flexible and good damp design eliminates vibration accumulation
caused by any load in the structure. At the same time, characteristics of the
selected generator enables the possibility of reducing vibration generated by
driving torsional moment; otherwise, the driving torsional moment will generate
strong vibration under the impact of turbulent flow and shear wind.

       

      When the
Wind Turbine Generator System stops in the maximum wind speed, blower fan design
must consider the ultimate load, ultimate load keeps a direct proportion with
the exposed area in the wind. Two blades design under this environment has the
least exposed area in the wind. According to the calculation of static state
load, the load of blower fan under other situation is the same as the above: for
example, over run in case of electric grid failure, fast change of wind
direction and etc.

       

      The Wind
Turbine Generator System belongs to slender design. Blade, turbine tower and
other parts are easy to generate vibration. In order to maintain low load,
calculating carefully the characteristic frequency of all parts and aforesaid
attenuation yawing system and generator vibration are very necessary. For the
purpose of better dynamic characteristic of wind generator, the complicated
service condition of the entire wind generator will need a large amount of
computer calculation and simulation.

       

      The fixed
pitch speed loss type power regulation and control under high wind speed is an
important character to realize simple design. Other important simple design will
be realized through the integration of yawing system (this system doesn’t need
very expensive yawing brake device commonly used in other large wind generator)
and principal axis gear-box.

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Chassis
design provides a compact structure for blower fan, round section steel chassis
connects with the gear casing with flange.

       

      All the
above-mentioned characters enable total weight of blower fan with double blades
oscillation axis design 25% less than other wind generator with the same
power.

       

      Det
Norske Veritas has authenticated the desi.

       

      Blades

       

      Blades
are made of fibre glass reinforced resin. Bolt to the wheel hub through steel
strap crimp connection to the blade root. Paint the external plastic resin layer
of blade into grey and polish, and reduce air resistance.

       

      Blade tip
can be rotated through internal device, and stop the blower fan operation if
necessary. Prevent the deflexion of blade tip through hydraulic pressure column
of wheel axle under normal operation. The blade tip rotation can become spoiler
through releasing the pressure of hydraulic cylinder if necessary.

       

      Blade
lightning protection is designed according to standards of IEC 61400-24 Ed
1.

       

      Wheel
hub

       

      Design of
wheel hub is compact with lighter weight, and distance from principal axis of
gear-box to the center of wheel hub is short. Wheel hub is made of nodular cast
iron. The so-called rocker design reduces the fatigue load of the entire wind
generator.

       

      Hydraulic
pressure component in the wheel hub can control the blade tip, which can be
overhauled through the manhole on the wheel axle. Power is supplied through slip
ring. Elliptical hole on the blade flange can adjust the blade angle of attack.
When maintenance is required, wheel hub can be locked.

       

      Gear-box

       

      Planet
gear-box will increase low rotating speed of impeller to high rotating speed
suitable for the generator operation. Gear-box includes also principal bearing,
which makes the wind generator very compact. Gear-box flange is connected to the
chassis composed with pipes. Adopt splash lubrication and realize heat emission
by connecting radiator of generator with liquid heat emission circulation.
Temperature sensor indicates oil temperature and closes the wind generator when
oil temperature is too high. Sensor measures oil tank temperature and fast
bearing temperature. Two sets of heating devices installed on the oil tank area
in order to preheat lubricant in cold weather.

       

      High-speed
shaft and machinery brake

       

      Counter
shaft is connected with brake disc and two flexible brake sheets. Two brake
sheets adopt brake pad without asbestos. When hydraulic pressure device is
releasing
(passive system), brake sheet
closes through spring. Control system will monitor the abrasion and malfunction
of brake sheet.

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Chassis
and support cylinder

       

      Steel
welding round column chassis is very compact, and easy to be manufactured. Gear
casing flange is connected to the front side of chassis, generator is connected
to the back side of chassis, and lower part of chassis connects with yawing
bearing through elastic material. Elastic material is used for absorption of
vibration, so as to prevent the vibration of gear casing and generator being
transmitted to the turbine tower, otherwise it may generate noise. Maintenance
personnel can realize maintenance through manhole on the yawing bearing and
chassis.

       

      Nacelle

       

      Nacelle
provides an indoors maintenance space with a standing height for the maintenance
person. The nacelle is bolted with upper part and lower part made of fibre glass
reinforced polyester. The bottom of the nacelle should cover with non-slip mat;
wall and ceiling in the nacelle have covered with materials that can absorb
sound.

       

      Prominence
of chassis top can transfer equipment through door at the end of nacelle or the
turbine tower. It can also be used to decrease the blade on the ground. Port at
the end can use survival equipment for life rescue under emergency situation,
such as, internal fire. There is a heat exchanger on the external top of nacelle
for emitting surplus heat of gear casing and generator. The lightning rod and
wind speed anemoscope are installed on the external top of nacelle. These
equipments on the top can be maintained through the door of nacelle
top.

       

      Nacelle
has set personnel safety rope tying point, including safety rope tying points to
entering the nacelle and top.

       

      Sealing
of the nacelle is good, which can prevent the entry of blowing dust with
reliable rain proof and moisture resistance.

       

      Yawing
system

       

      Chassis
is connected with nacelle through yawing bearing, and realize blower fan towards
wind direction. Three planet gear-box will operate on the inside gear of yawing
bearing driven by hydraulic motor.

       

      Under all
operation conditions – yawing or not yawing - yawing system realizes small
breadth and damped weaving movement of the entire wind power nacelle. Only when
maintenance is required, yawing system will be locked and no movement is
allowed.

       

      The
yawing system has automatic unmooring function, the setting condition of yawing
counter can guarantee automatic unmooring and reset after the cable reel,
simultaneously, the system has set cable reel protection device, once the
automatic unmooring function is failure, while cable reel to certain extent, the
cable reel protection device will send accident signal of emergency
stop.

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Electric
system

       

      The
electric system includes slip adjustable single speed asynchronous generator,
inside variable resistor connects rotor coil. Slip range 3%, generator adopt
liquid cooling method.

       

      Power can
be transmitted to the tower bottom through flexible cable enwinding to two
directions.

       

      Turbine
tower

       

      Column
cone shaped turbine tower is welded with steel sheets. Maintenance personnel
enter from the door on the ground. Vertical ladder is set in the tower, which is
equipped with drop safe guardrail. Clean the surface of turbine tower by
sand-sweeping and paint for corrosion protection, and color should be the same
with blade.

       

      According
to the different situation on the spot, equip turbine tower with different
height, so as to adapt to the situation on the island, bank and
sea.

       

      Control
system

       

      Control
system is based on a microprocessor. Control system controls the operation of
entire wind generator, as well as the wind generator stillness or idling in
breeze, connect with generator under normal rotating speed, adjust orientation
and wind direction of wind generator, and unmooring (by rotating the
nacelle) if
necessary, control all functions, turn off the blower fan in case of emergency
or wind power too strong. Connect the blower fan control system through
telephone line by using a set of PC with modem.

       

      If the
brake moment of generator disappears, if electric component failure or electric
grid fluctuation, the blower fan will accelerate to high rotating speed. The
control system can safely handle these situation and brake through complicated
steps. The control system will send out common stop instruction if any parameter
failure, such as electric grid voltage (electric grid
failure),
rotating speed, power, temperature, vibration and etc. Emergency stop will be
implemented in case of control system failure through “Watch-dog” function.
Control system machinery brake can be realized through cutting off the power of
hydraulic pressure solenoid valve by releasing blade top hydraulic cylinder
pressure. Blade tip acts through centrifugal force, while brake sheet acts
through mechanical spring. When electric grid fails, brake will start due to
power off. Any action of machinery brake or blade tip spoiler will make the wind
generator to reduce to safe low rotating speed.

       

      The final
safety measure is that there is a safety valve in the hydraulic pressure
component of wheel hub, it will release oil in the oil cylinder to control blade
tip if hydraulic pressure is too high, at this time, and the blower fan stays in
over speed status. And then spoiler function will reduce the blower fan rotating
speed.

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Hydraulic
system

       

      Hydraulic
system mainly consists of hydraulic pump station, oil circuit, control component
and actuating mechanism to be as the power of brake device. Brake device is
installed on the fast axis, brake disc material should comply with the
requirements of low temperature, and dynamic balancing test should be made
before ex-factory. The unit has equipped with two independent brake system, so
as to guarantee that any condition of the wind generator unit (including load
off of electric grid failure) and wind wheel
rotating speed stops at maximum rotating speed. Blade tip spoiler operates based
on aerodynamic force principle, which will be used directly on the ferries
wheel.

       

      Lightning
protection system

       

      Figure of
nacelle lightning protection system

       

      

       

      Figure
8

       

      Design
standards of lightning protection system IEC 61400-24 Ed 1. The following part
describes the entire system:

       

      
        (1) Blade
will install standards lightning protection device of Denmark LM Company in the
vicinity of blade tip. Receiver will connect with blade root through cable.
Blade root will connect with wheel hub through cable.

      

       

      
        (2)
  Wheel hub connects with grounding end in the main control cabinet
through slip ring.

      

       

      
        (3)
  Nacelle top device lead cooling water to air cooler, wind power
sensor grounding
(lower part of nacelle)
.

      

       

      
        (4)
  Generator will earth through main control cabinet. Main control
cabinet includes also the rheostat installed between generators and grounding.
Rheostat exists between 220V and grounding.

      

       

      (5)
Chassis connects with foundations through special cable.

       

      
        (6) Main
control cabinet of electric apparatus connected with grounding steel bar to the
foundation. Main control cabinet also includes rheostat installed between
generator and grounding. Rheostat exists between 220V and grounding. If any over
pressures, rheostat connects quickly with grounding.

      

       

      
        (7a)
Diameter to connect foundation cable 185 mm2

      

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      
        (7b)
Nacelle connects with turbine tower through slip ring

      

       

      
        (8)
  Fast axis electric separation

      

       

      Figure of
lightning protection system of tower foundation

       

      
        

      

       

      Figure
9

       

      
        (9)
Grounding cable diameter connecting to foundation is 185 mm2.

      

       

      
        (10)
Grounding cable diameter connecting to transformer is 240 mm2. Transformer Y
connects at 690V side.

      

       

      
        (11)
Turbine tower flange connects with grounding steel bar of power distribution
cabinet of the turbine tower.

      

       

      
        (12)
Grounding steel bar will be installed in the cabinet of the tower bottom and
install breaker.

      

       

      
        (13) (13)
Grounding copper wire ring. If other grounding system will be selected, the
grounding copper wire ring can be replaced.

      

       

      Monitoring

       

      The
operation of wind generator is realized through the panel installed at the
nacelle and tower bottom and LCD display. These controls include starting,
switch-off, switching to manual mode and confirmation of error message. These
functions may also be fulfilled through remote telephone line. Monitoring system
also provides basic parameter statistics for generator’s run including
generating capacity, wind power and failure history etc.

       

      Electric
connection

       

      The
system adopts generator -transformer group wiring mode, box transformer
outlay.

       

      Frequency:
50Hz
(+2/-2Hz)

       

      Voltage:
Un±10%

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Flicker:
GB12326

       

      Harmonic
wave: GB/T14549

       

      Noises

       

      Sound
power             100
dB (A) 

       

      40dB (A)
distance        470m

       

      Electric
system diagram

       

      

       

      Figure
11: Main components of electric system

       

       

      3.
Collectivity technical data of wind turbine generator system

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              	
                                      No.

                                    	 	
                                      Description

                                    	 	
                                      Unit

                                    	 	
                                      Specifications

                                    
	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Wind
      turbine generator system

                                    	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                      1.1

                                    	 	
                                      Manufacturer

                                    	 	 
      	 	
                                      Wuhan
      Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.

                                    
	
                                      1.2

                                    	 	
                                      Model

                                    	 	 
      	 	
                                      DW
      1.0S

                                    
	
                                      1.3

                                    	 	
                                      Rated
      power

                                    	 	
                                      kW

                                    	 	
                                      1000

                                    
	
                                      1.4

                                    	 	
                                      Impeller
      diameter

                                    	 	
                                      m

                                    	 	
                                      59

                                    
	
                                      1.5

                                    	 	
                                      Cut-in
      wind

                                    	 	
                                      m/s

                                    	 	
                                      4

                                    
	
                                      1.6

                                    	 	
                                      Rated
      wind speed

                                    	 	
                                      m/s

                                    	 	
                                      15

                                    
	
                                      1.7

                                    	 	
                                      Cut-out
      wind speed
      (10min mean value)
      

                                    	 	
                                      m/s

                                    	 	
                                      20

                                    
	
                                      1.8

                                    	 	
                                      Cut-out
      limit wind speed (5sec mean value) 

                                    	 	
                                      m/s

                                    	 	
                                      25

                                    

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      	
                              1.9

                            	 	
                              Maximum
      wind speed proof (5sec mean
      value)
      

                            	 	
                              m/s

                            	 	
                              55

                            
	
                              1.10

                            	 	
                              Design
      service life

                            	 	
                              year

                            	 	
                              20

                            
	
                              1.11

                            	 	
                              Operating
      temperature

                            	 	
                               °C

                            	 	
                              -30—45

                            
	
                              1.12

                            	 	
                              Quantity
      installing the same type of blower fan (China)
      

                            	 	
                              Set

                            	 	 
      
	
                              2

                            	 	
                              Blade

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                              2.1

                            	 	
                              Blade
      material

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Fiber
      glass reinforced resin

                            
	
                              2.2

                            	 	
                              Blade
      amount

                            	 	
                              Piece

                            	 	
                              2

                            
	
                              2.3

                            	 	
                              impeller
      rotating speed

                            	 	
                              rpm

                            	 	
                              21.03

                            
	
                              2.4

                            	 	
                              Linear
      speed of blade tip

                            	 	
                              m/s

                            	 	
                              64.84

                            
	
                              2.5

                            	 	
                              Blade
      length

                            	 	
                              m2

                            	 	
                              28.3

                            
	
                              2.6

                            	 	
                              Swept
      area

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              2732.6

                            
	
                              2.7

                            	 	
                              Rotation
      direction (look from the upper wind) 

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Clockwise

                            
	
                              3

                            	 	
                              Speeding
      increase gearbox

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                              3.1

                            	 	
                              Number
      of gear stages

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              3
      grades, 2-stage star, 1 stage parallel axes

                            
	
                              3.2

                            	 	
                              Transmission
      ratio of speeding increase gearbox

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              73.458

                            
	
                              3.3

                            	 	
                              Rated
      power

                            	 	
                              kW

                            	 	
                              1000

                            
	
                              3.4

                            	 	
                              Model
      of lubricant

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Mobil
      SHC 632

                            
	
                              4

                            	 	
                              Generator

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                              4.1

                            	 	
                              Type

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Asynchronous
      generator

                            
	
                              4.2

                            	 	
                              Rated
      power

                            	 	
                              kW

                            	 	
                              1000

                            
	
                              4.3

                            	 	
                              Rated
      voltage

                            	 	
                              V

                            	 	
                              690

                            
	
                              4.4

                            	 	
                              Rated
      frequency

                            	 	
                              Hz

                            	 	
                              50

                            
	
                              4.5

                            	 	
                              Rated
      rotating speed

                            	 	
                              rpm

                            	 	
                              1545

                            
	
                              4.6

                            	 	
                              Rated
      slip

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              3%

                            
	
                              4.7

                            	 	
                              Power
      actor
      (cosφ)
      

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              0.98-1 (capacitance
      compensation)
      

                            
	
                              4.8

                            	 	
                              Protection
      degree

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              IP54

                            
	
                              4.9

                            	 	
                              Lubrication
      methods

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Charge
      lubricating grease periodically

                            
	
                              4.10

                            	 	
                              Insulation
      grade

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              H

                            
	
                              5

                            	 	
                              Brake
      system

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                              5.1

                            	 	
                              Primary
      brake system

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Pneumatic
      brake of blade tip

                            
	
                              5.2

                            	 	
                              Secondary
      brake system

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Fast
      axis mechanical disc brake

                            
	
                              5.3

                            	 	
                              Brake
      protection mode

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Hydraulic
      release /decompression brake

                            
	
                              5.4

                            	 	
                              Hydraulic
      oil Model

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              SHC
      524

                            
	
                              6

                            	 	
                              Yawing
      system

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                              6.1

                            	 	
                              Type
      /design

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Hydraulic
      drive

                            
	
                              6.2

                            	 	
                              Control

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Passive
      /initiative wind

                            
	
                              6.3

                            	 	
                              Lubrication
      methods

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Charge
      lubricating grease periodically

                            
	
                              6.4

                            	 	
                              Lubricating
      grease Model

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Mobilux
      EP2

                            
	
                              6.5

                            	 	
                              Yawing
      speed

                            	 	
                              Degree
      /second

                            	 	
                              0~2
      adjustable

                            
	
                              6.6

                            	 	
                              Anemscope
      model

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Thies
      4.3518.00.000 NPN with heating

                            
	
                              6.7

                            	 	
                              Weather
      blade model

                            	 	 
      	 	
                              Carlo
      GavazziDWS-D-DDC13 with heating

                            
	
                              7

                            	 	
                              Control
      system

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                              7.1

                            	 	
                              computer
      cabinet type/design

                            	 	 
      	 	 
      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  	
                          7.2

                        	 	
                          Manufacturer
      /control software development

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                          7.3

                        	 	
                          Software
      control interface

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          English
      interface

                        
	
                          7.4

                        	 	
                          Compensation
      capacitance

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                          7.5

                        	 	
                          Rated
      capacity

                        	 	
                          kVAr

                        	 	
                          336

                        
	
                          7.6

                        	 	
                          Group
      number

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          8

                        
	
                          7.6.1

                        	 	
                          Power
      factor of rated output

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          0.98-1

                        
	
                          7.6.2

                        	 	
                          75%
      power factor of rated output

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          0.98-1

                        
	
                          7.6.3

                        	 	
                          50%
      power factor of rated output

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          0.98-1

                        
	
                          7.6.4

                        	 	
                          25%
      power factor of rated output

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          0.98-1

                        
	
                          8

                        	 	
                          Lightning
      protection

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                          8.1

                        	 	
                          Lightning
      design standard

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          IEC
      61400-24 Ed 1

                        
	
                          8.2

                        	 	
                          Lightning
      protection measures

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          Lightning
      protection for blade tip and etc.

                        
	
                          8.3

                        	 	
                          Grounding
      resistance of blower fan

                        	 	
                          Ω

                        	 	
                          ≤4

                        
	
                          9

                        	 	
                          Tower

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                          9.1

                        	 	
                          Type

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          Welding
      steel pipe, painting

                        
	
                          9.2

                        	 	
                          Top
      /bottom diameter

                        	 	
                          m

                        	 	
                          1880/3200

                        
	
                          9.3

                        	 	
                          steel
      plate

                        	 	
                          mm

                        	 	
                          10-20

                        
	
                          9.4

                        	 	
                          Tower
      material

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          Q345D

                        
	
                          9.5

                        	 	
                          No.
      of section

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          Three

                        
	
                          9.6

                        	 	
                          Color
      of appearance

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          White

                        

                

              

            

          

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
2 Supply scope of the seller and itemized price

       

      1. Supply scope of the seller
and price ( RMB yuan) 

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                          
                                                            
                                                              	
                                                                      Description

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Type
      or

                                                                      specificati

                                                                      on
      Qty.

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Quantity

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Unit
      price

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Total
      price

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Remake

                                                                    
	
                                                                      01
      Nacelle

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      No.

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                                      Excluding
      the tower frame

                                                                    
	
                                                                      02
      Blade

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      It
      is included in 01

                                                                    	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      03
      Connecting bolt between the wheel hub and blade

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      It
      is included in 01

                                                                    	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      04
      Central monitoring and remote monitoring software

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      1

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      05
      Connecting bolt between the nacelle and turbine tower

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      It
      is included in 01

                                                                    	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      06a
      Connecting bolt between the turbine towers

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      It
      is included in 01

                                                                    	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      06b
      Connecting bolt between the turbine tower and foundation
    ring

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	It
      is included in 01	 
      	
                                                                      In
      case of the foundation ring, this item could be
  deducted.

                                                                    
	
                                                                      06c
      Electric power in turbine tower and the electric fittings of control
      cable

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	It
      is included in 01	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      07
      Transportation and insurance

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                                      Free
      on ground on the field

                                                                    
	
                                                                      08
      Micro-location selection

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      1

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Wind
      farm

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                                      Completed
      by the design institute

                                                                    
	
                                                                      09
      Tower frame

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      50

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      Set

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                                      Self-prepared
      by the buyer

                                                                    
	
                                                                      10
      Manufacture supervision of foundation

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      40

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      persons/day

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                                      Free
      on ground on the field

                                                                    
	
                                                                      11
      Manufacture supervision of tower frame

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      60

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      persons/day

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      12
      Field installation instructions

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      200

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      persons/day

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      13
      Debugging and commissioning

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      200

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      persons/day

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      14
      Labor cost in 2-year guarantee period

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      900

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      persons/day

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      (3
      times in the 1st
      year, 2 times in the 2nd
      year)

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                      10

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                                      15
      Factory training at home (for 5 persons and lasting 2
    weeks)

                                                                    	
                                                                        

                                                                    	 
      	
                                                                        

                                                                    	
                                                                      persons/week

                                                                    	
                                                                        

                                                                    	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                                        

                                                                    	 
      

                                                            

                                                          

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      
        
          	
                  16
      Spare parts (two years after the guarantee period) 

                	
                  1

                	
                     Set

                	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  17
      Consumables (within two-year guarantee period) 

                	
                  1

                	
                  Set

                	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  18
      Special tool

                	
                  1

                	
                  Set

                	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  19
      Field training

                	
                  150

                	
                  persons/day

                	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  20
      Design liaison meeting

                	
                  3

                	
                  Times

                	
                  The
      first meeting will be hold within two weeks after contract coming into
      force; the time of the second meeting will be confirmed in the first
      meeting; the time of the third meeting will be confirmed in the second
      meeting;

                
	
                  21
      Total price

                	 
      

        

      

       

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Supplier
of Main Parts

       

      
        
          	
                  S.N.

                	
                  Name
      of part

                	
                  Supplier

                
	
                  1

                	
                  Blade

                	
                  Baoding
      Zhongneng Windpower Equipment Co.,Ltd.

                
	
                  2

                	
                  Gear-box

                	
                  Jahnel
      Kestermann GmbH

                
	
                  3

                	
                  Wheel-hub

                	
                  Shancai
      Casting Factory

                
	
                  4

                	
                  Generator

                	
                  Weier
      Antriebe und Energietechnik GmbH

                
	
                  5

                	
                  Yawing
      drive

                	
                  Brevini
      AB

                
	
                  6

                	
                  Yawing
      bearing

                	
                  Wazhou
      Group

                
	
                  7

                	
                  Control
      system

                	
                  MITA

                

        

      

       

      Foundation
design and technical instruction of foundation construction

       

      The
seller designs the foundation drawing and is responsible for the quality. Make
foundation design, submit foundation construction drawing and technical
specifications and grounding design, and disclose foundation design and dispatch
technicians to the site to offer all-the-way technical instruction to each
construction unit (not more than two at most) for the construction of the first
foundation and put forward suggestions and advice to the buyer for the problems
found during the construction process according to the survey report of soil at
each engine location. For other foundations, the buyer shall strictly construct
according the procedure and requirement of the first foundation construction.
Technicians of the seller will go to the site regularly and propose suggestions
and advice to the buyer according to construction situation in written
form.

       

      Micro-location
selection

       

      On the
base of the seller provides the system data, Design institute entrusted by Buyer
completes micro-location selection, Seller will affirm the results.

       

      Technical
instruction of design and fabrication of turbine tower

       

      The
seller submits design drawings and technical specifications of turbine tower and
is responsible for the design quality. The turbine tower design/fabrication and
dispatches technicians sent by seller will offer all-the-way technical
instruction more than two-three sets till buyer holds the technical essential.
For other turbine towers, the buyer shall strictly construct according the
procedure and requirement of the first turbine tower manufacturing. Technicians
of the seller will go to the factory regularly and propose suggestions and
advice to the buyer according to manufacturing situation in written
form.

       

      Hoisting
operation of the system

       

      The buyer
is responsible for hoisting the generator system, including drawing up hoisting
design and plan, hoisting worker and preparation of equipment. The seller shall
propose suggestions and advice about the hoisting design and plan to the buyer
and dispatches technician to the site within the time designated by the buyer to
offer technical instruction about hoisting of generator set. The technicians
sent by seller will offer all-the-way technical instruction more than two-three
sets till buyer holds the technical essential.

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Debugging
and reliability operation of the generator system

       

      Installation,
debugging and reliability operation of the generator system shall be completed
by the seller who is responsible for the quality. Debugging of equipment shall
be completed by the foreign side. The buyer shall dispatch workers for
cooperation if the seller requests.

       

      Production
and connection of 690V dynamic cable joints of each section of turbine tower,
connection between communication interface within the sets and cable of central
monitoring system, production and connection of 690V transmission cable joints
connected to the low-voltage distribution cabinet and box transformer substation
entering the generators from outside of generators are finished by the buyer,
and the seller offers technical instruction.

       

      During
the installation, debugging, reliability operation process, the seller shall
inspection for failure, analyze reasons, eliminate failures and replace damaged
parts if failure and damage appear due to the seller’s reason.

       

      Monitoring
system must be fully functional and put into normal use before the first
generator goes into reliability operation.

       

      Quality
guarantee period

       

      After the
sets pass reliability operation that is consecutive, unfailing, safe and stable
for 360 hours and the pre-acceptance certificate is issued, the seller begins to
offer quality guarantee period service in accordance with the contract,
including guarantee of availability and power curve, failure inspection and
elimination and repair of sets, replacement of damaged parts, regular
maintenance of sets, upgrading of control software or adjustment of control
interface’s displaying content according to the existing function of the system
by the requirement of the buyer.

       

      During
the quality guarantee period, the seller shall provide written report about the
wind farm to the buyer at the beginning of each month, which summarizes each and
every generator’s running situation (including availability, power curve and
shutdown caused by failure) in last month. The buyer may exchange advice with
the seller about the problems reflected in the running report.

       

      Staff
arrangement and time for regular maintenance within quality guarantee
period:

       

      The first
time: 1 month after debugging. 2 persons 1 day for each wind
generator

       

      The
second time: 6 months after debugging. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

       

      The third
time: 12 months after debugging. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

       

      The
fourth time: 18 months after debugging. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      The fifth
time: 24 months after debugging. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

       

      The
contents for regular maintenance include:

       

      Inspection
and repairing in the first month:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      tightness of bolts (100%) 

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Adjustment
      of direction-adjustment system

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Replacement
      of oil filterer of gear box

              

      

       

      Half-year
inspection and repairing

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      electric control cabinet, clean or replace air filtering
    net,

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      sensor and test protective
function,

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      and adjust direction-adjustment
system

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Lubrication,
      adding oil (generator, yawing) 

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      blade appearance (internal and external)

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      generator and replace carbon brush

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      gear box, change oil filterer and take oil
  sample

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      slip ring and maintenance

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      brake system

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection hydraulic
      system

              

      

       

      One-year
inspection and repairing

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      electric control cabinet, clean or replace air filtering net, and
      inspection cable and all electric
parts

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      tightness of bolts (10%) 

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      tower frame and parts and
attachments

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      sensor and test protective
function,

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      and adjust direction-adjustment
system

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Lubrication,
      adding oil (direction-adjusting, generator) , replace oil of yawing gear
      box.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      blade appearance (internal and external)

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      nacelle and wheel hub

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      generator and replace carbon brush

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      gear box, replace oil filterer, take oil sample, and inspection oil pipe
      system and replace gear box oil every 3 years if
  necessary.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      slip ring and maintenance

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      brake system

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection
      hydraulic system, and replace hydraulic oil
  filterer

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Inspection attached facilities
      such as small hoist, fire extinguisher and safety
      facilities.

              

      

       

      Technical
materials

       

      The
seller shall offer technical materials for the buyer for the purposes of
completing sets transport, foundation construction, tower frame fabrication,
hoisting, installation and running. Basic construction drawing shall meet the
requirement of applicable China design and construction specifications and may
be directly applied to on-site construction. Design drawing of turbine tower
shall be convenient for the manufacturer to draw up drawing transformation and
processing technology.

       

      See
appendix 3 of the contract, technical materials and relevant documents offered
by the seller for technical material list and required time for submission by
the seller.

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
3 Technical materials and relevant documents offered by the seller

       

      Technical
materials the seller offers must belong to the same type of the
products.

       

      The list
for the technical materials the seller offers is as follows:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Product
      instruction for wind generator
system

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Grid
      connection data

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Installation
      manual

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Operation/maintenance
      manual (electric manual\mechanical manual must meet the demand of the
      buyer for disassembling and installing equipment)
  

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Specifications
      of cable (domestic equivalent specifications need to be provided)
      

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Specifications
      of transformer

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Specifications
      of fibre cable (domestic equivalent specifications need to be provided)
      

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Construction
      drawing for wind generator
foundation

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Entire
      set of design and processing drawings for turbine
  tower

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Instructions
      for equipment package, hoisting and transport schematic, and packing
      materials, including transport
precautions.

              

      

       

      There
must be detailed packing list within each packing box.

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Operation
      and maintenance manual has already contained contents about safety and
      technology.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                ·

              	
                Outline
      of wind generator adjustment

              

      

       

      There
should be five copies of all technical materials in Chinese.

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
4 Technical training

       

      1.
Training at seller’s factory

       

      Training
courses:

       

      
        
        

      

      
        
          
            	 	
                    (1)

                  	
                    Safety
      training; 

                  

          

           

          
            	 	
                    (2)

                  	
                    Principles
      of set structure and major
parts;

                  

          

        

      

      
         

        
          	 	
                  (3)

                	
                  Training
      about wind generator’s operation and
  maintenance;

                

        

      

      
         

        
          	 	
                  (4)

                	
                  Training
      about failure treatment of wind
generator;

                

        

      

      
         

        
          	 	
                  (5)

                	
                  Training
      about principles of control
system

                

        

      

       

      Training
time: within 2 months before delivering goods from factory

       

      
        
          
            
              	
                      Theme 

                    	 	
                      Content 

                    
	
                      Product
      knowledge – wind generator

                    	 	
                      Description
      of wind generator and its parts

                    
	
                      Product
      knowledge – wind farm

                    	 	
                      Description
      of wind farm and its sub-system and parts

                    
	
                      Product
      knowledge – electric system

                    	 	
                      Electric
      and electronic system, including sensor, brake, transformer and preventive
      lighting etc.

                    
	
                      Product
      knowledge – blade

                    	 	
                      Description
      of blade, including brake and seesaw function

                    
	
                      Product
      knowledge – hydraulic system

                    	 	 
      
	
                      Assembling
      of nacelle; practice (assembled in work shop) 

                    	 	
                      Participate
      in assembling sets

                    
	
                      Introduction
      of control system

                    	 	
                      In
      the assembling factory

                    
	
                      Hoisting
      and commissioning

                    	 	
                      At
      wind farm
field

                    

            

          

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
5 Requirement and treatment of seller’s technicians

       

      
        	
                1.

              	
                In
      order to make the construction of the contractual sets to go smoothly. The
      seller shall dispatch experienced technicians capable of on-site work to
      the site for technical service.

              

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  2.

                	
                  If the seller’s technicians are
      foreign citizens, the seller shall inform the buyer of their personal
      information such as name, sex, date of birth, nationality, visa No.,
      specialty, profession, working site and language 2 months before they come
      to China for the convenience of buyer’s assistance and confirmation. 7
      days before they come, the seller shall inform the buyer of their name,
      correct starting date, flight number, correct arriving time, luggage
      quantity and weight etc. If they are Chinese citizens, the above contents
      shall be informed of the buyer prior to one
  month.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  3.

                	
                  The
      seller shall designate one on-site representative from its dispatched
      technicians to be in charge of solving technical problems related to the
      contractual sets. Without approval of both parties, the general on-site
      representatives of both parties do not have the right to change and modify
      the contract.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  4.

                	
                  On-site
      work is based on the applicable standard technical requirement of the
      buyer’s country. The seller shall not refuse or delay the work with
      foreign applicable or enterprise
standards.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  5.

                	
                  After the technicians of the
      seller arrive at the site, they shall determine working plan according to
      the construction period prepared by the buyer. Any needed modification for
      working plan shall be determined by on-site representatives of both
      parties through negotiation. Technicians of the seller shall develop work
      according to the agreed working plan by both parties. The buyer is
      responsible for project progress and coordination of each construction
      party.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  6.

                	
                  The
      seller’s technicians shall explain technical materials, demonstrate if
      necessary and answer technical questions raised by the seller during the
      period of foundation construction, tower frame manufacturing,
      installation, adjustment, reliability operation, acceptance test,
      operation, and maintenance period of the contractual
  set.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  7.

                	
                  The
      seller’s technicians shall help train the staff for the contractual sets’
      installation, adjustment, production, equipment repairing and
      analysis.

                

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

      
        	
                8.

              	
                The technical instructions the
      seller’s technicians offer should be correct. For any equipment damage
      caused by incorrect technical instruction, the seller is liable for
      offering new technical instruction or being deducted from the related
      charged technical instruction fee according to the actual loss of the
      buyer, but the compensation sum does not exceed the total sum of the
      technical service fee at most. This penalty is the only penalty that the
      seller shall bear for this
item.

              

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  9.

                	
                  For
      working progress, major work finished everyday, occurred problems or
      accidents and solutions, they shall be recorded in Chinese or in both
      Chinese and English in working log, one in original and two in duplicate
      copies where are held by each party
  respectively.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  10.

                	
                  The
      buyer shall assist the technicians of the seller to apply for needed
      procedures for staying in China and entering and departing from China, but
      all the fees are born by the
seller.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  11.

                	
                  The
      buyer shall assist the seller’s technicians to take care of proper amount
      of personal or public daily articles, import and export procedures for
      tools and instruments needed for technical materials and service, but the
      related fees are born by the seller. The seller shall inform the buyer in
      advance of the above mentioned product name, specifications, amount,
      weight, airway bill number, value and import and export
    date.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  12.

                	
                  The
      buyer shall provide necessary facilitations such as food, housing with
      furniture and hygiene facilities, offices, labor protection appliance,
      necessary working tools, transport tools and interpreters at working site.
      All the fees shall be born by the
seller.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  13.

                	
                  Others

                

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                If
      any technician is not qualified, the buyer has the right to ask the seller
      for replacement. The seller shall complete it within one week after the
      buyer’s requirement for replacement, otherwise it will be treated
      according to the punishment ratio of article
  12.4.2.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Under
      the conditions of not affecting working site’s technical service and
      acquiring the buyer’s approval, the seller may replace its technicians but
      bearing fees by itself.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Seller’s
      technicians with foreign nationality shall observe the laws, rules and
      regulations of P.R.A. at the working site during the period staying in
      China.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Life
      insurance of the seller’s employees shall be born by the seller. During
      the execution period of the contract, in case the seller’s on-site
      employees are sick or have accidents, the buyer shall actively take
      measures to take care or help, but the liabilities and fees are born by
      the seller.

              

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
6 Treatment of buyer’s employees

       

      
        	
                1.

              	
                The
      seller agrees to accept the following technicians to be trained in
      technologies at the seller’s offices and
  factories:

              

      

       

      Number:
5

      Days:
30

       

      
        	
                2.

              	
                During
      training period, the seller shall designate capable technicians
      experienced in technology to instruct the technicians of the buyer
      technologically and explain to them any possible technical problems when
      executing this contract.

              

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  3.

                	
                  The seller shall submit primary
      plans for technical training, design communication and factory inspection
      to the buyer 2 months before training. The buyer shall inform the seller
      of the name, sex, date of birth, nationality, title and specialty of the
      seller’s technicians 1 month before technical training, design
      communication and factory inspection. The final training plan shall be
      decided according to the actual need of the buyer’s technicians through
      negotiations by both
parties.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  4.

                	
                  The
      seller shall guarantee that the buyer’s technicians can be trained on
      different posts so that they can understand and grasp technologies,
      operation, inspection, repairing, and maintenance skills of contractual
      sets. Before training starts, the seller shall explain operation rules and
      work precautions to the trainee in
detail.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  5.

                	
                  During
      training and working period, the seller shall provide necessities needed
      for technical training, design communication and for factory inspection
      such as test instruments, tools, technical materials, drawings, parameter
      data, uniforms, protective tools and proper
  offices.

                

        

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  6.

                	
                  The seller shall provide
      round-trip tickets, housing, food and transportation tools to the buyer’s
      technicians, with relevant fees assumed by the seller. If the seller
      provides training abroad, it shall provide medical insurance for the
      buyer’s technicians during the period abroad. During the period from the
      buyer’s technician’s arrival and departure from the destination countries,
      the seller shall pay 180 U.S. dollars living fees including accommodation
      fees etc. to the buyer’s technicians, i.e. the accommodation and food fees
      of the buyer’s technicians during this period shall be assumed by the
      seller and directly paid according to this standard. If the training is
      made at home, the living fee for each person per day is 300 Yuan
      RMB.

                

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

      
        	
                7.

              	
                The
      seller shall assist the buyer’s technicians to apply for visa for entering
      and departing from the seller’s
country.

              

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  8.

                	
                  The
      seller shall take necessary measures to guarantee the safety of the
      buyer’s technicians in its facilities (office, work shop and training
      centre) during working days and the period of visiting wind farm and wind
      generator parts factory arranged by the seller. If the buyer’s employees
      are sick or have accidents during the training period in the seller’s
      factory, the buyer shall actively take measures to take care or help, but
      the liabilities and fees are assumed by the
  buyer.

                

        

      

       

      
        	
                9.

              	
                During
      the technical training period, for the theoretical leaning in classroom,
      the seller will provide related learning materials and teaching materials
      to the buyer.

              

      

       

      Appendix
7: Delivery schedule of contract equipment and project schedule

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      	
                                                              S.N.

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Item

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Months
      after contract becomes effective

                                                            
	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                                              1

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              2

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              3

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              4

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              5

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              6

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              7

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              8

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              9

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              10

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              ...

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              ...

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              30

                                                            
	
                                                              1

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Contract  becomes
      effective

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              2

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Seller
      offers materials

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              3

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Order
      parts

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              4

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Wind
      generator manufacture

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              5

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              The
      system equipment delivered arrives at
      field

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              6

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              Hoisting
      wind generator and commissioning

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              7

                                                            	 
      	
                                                              pre-
      acceptance of wind generator

                                                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                                              8

                                                            	
                                                                

                                                            	
                                                              Final
      acceptance

                                                            	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      	
                                                                

                                                            	 
      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
8 Inspection standard and method

       

      
        	
                1.

              	
                inspection
      and test plan

              

      

       

      The
seller shall provide equipment quality control and test plan and equipment
inspection standard to the buyer. The test plan includes all quality controls to
be adopted on parts and the whole machine during the process of part production,
assembly, transport, installation, adjustment and reliability operation. Plan
timetable is to be listed and test plan shall list the test contents about major
suppliers, sub-contractors or independent test organizations.

       

      
        	
                2.

              	
                Factory
      inspection

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      seller must strictly inspection and test production connection within
      factory. The contractual equipment provided by the seller must be issued
      with quality certificate, inspection record and test report, and as an
      assembling part of quality proving documents for
  delivery.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      scope of inspection includes raw materials and factory entrance of
      elements and parts, component processing, assembly, test until factory
      acceptance.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      buyer has the right to participate in the inspection of major parts and
      wind generator assembly process at the production site of the
      seller.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      seller shall provide assembly experiment of each wind generator,
      acceptance report of ex-factory and adjustment report in
      factory.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      seller is obligatory for providing quality certificate and technical
      documents of the complete machine and parts to the
  buyer.

              

      

      
        
          	 	 
	
                  3.

                	
                  On-site
      inspection

                

        

      

       

      On-site
inspection refers to the wind generator equipment inspection upon arriving the
buyer’s shipping port and installation site.

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                After
      the equipment is transported to the shipping port of the buyer, both the
      seller and the buyer shall inspection whether the external packing is
      damaged. The seller is responsible for repairing in case of
      damage.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      seller’s equipment packing must meet the requirement for domestic land
      transportation to the arranged site. The seller shall assume the fees if
      it does not meet the transport conditions. After the equipment is
      transported to the installation site of the buyer, both parties jointly
      inspection whether the external packing is damaged. The seller shall
      assume the penalty if the damage is not caused by
    transport.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                After
      the equipments arrive at the site and inspectioned through custom and
      commercial department, both parties inspection components of wind
      generator and sign the recording table of delivery
    situation.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                If
      situations such as wrong types or shortage of equipments are found, all
      the liabilities are born by the
seller.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                After
      completing equipment hoisting, the seller’s employees are responsible for
      installation and adjustment of wind generators. The seller shall perform
      the adjustment with the participation of the buyer’s employees. After
      adjustment is completed, the seller shall sign on the adjustment report
      and submit it to the buyer, and inform the buyer of the completion and
      that the 360-hour reliability operation may be
  conducted.

              

      

      
        	
                4.

              	
                Reliability
      operation

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                After
      the completion of debugging, single wind generator shall begin within 5
      days the reliability operation for 360 hours. If reliability operation is
      not made after 5 days, the buyer will consider that this equipment is not
      qualified.

              

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      standard of reliability operation is that single wind generator runs
      consecutively, stably, safely and unfailingly for 360 hours. Wind
      generator’s automatic and customized remote restoration and manual
      restoration needing no repairing or replacement for any part are allowed
      during this period. Any shutdown through the above mentioned restoration
      can later be re-run will not be considered as failure, but the accumulated
      shutdown time through restoration correction may not exceed 6% of the time
      for reliability operation.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                During
      reliability operation period, any failure of the seller’s equipment shall
      not appear (i.e. after shutdown, wind generator can not be re-run through
      restoration without repairing or replacement of components.) once failure
      appears, the reliability running time will be
  re-recorded.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                After
      each set passes consecutive 360-hour unfailing consecutive stable running,
      the buyer, the seller and the final user will sign pre-acceptance
      certificate of this set to prove that this set has passed the inspection
      of reliability operation.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                If
      reliability of any set does not reach all the indexes and requirements
      specified in the contract, the seller shall repair or replace immediately
      and this set will be re-tested for reliability operation. When the unit
      re-reaches the indexes and requirements for reliability operation
      pre-acceptance, the buyer signs “passed” certificate on the pre-acceptance
      certificate.

              

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
9 Inspection of power curve and availability

       

      I.
Inspection of power curve

       

      1.
Power curve

       

      See the
following table for the guaranteed power curve of this contract by the seller.
This power curve is based on standard air density 1.225 kg/m3.

       

      
        
          
            
              	
                      Wind speed m/s

                    	 	
                      Power kW

                    
	
                      4

                    	 	
                      5

                    
	
                      5

                    	 	
                      49

                    
	
                      6

                    	 	
                      123

                    
	
                      7

                    	 	
                      218

                    
	
                      8

                    	 	
                      329

                    
	
                      9

                    	 	
                      448

                    
	
                      10

                    	 	
                      570

                    
	
                      11

                    	 	
                      686

                    
	
                      12

                    	 	
                      782

                    
	
                      13

                    	 	
                      851

                    
	
                      14

                    	 	
                      893

                    
	
                      15

                    	 	
                      912

                    
	
                      16

                    	 	
                      915

                    
	
                      17

                    	 	
                      910

                    
	
                      18

                    	 	
                      902

                    
	
                      19

                    	 	
                      894

                    
	
                      20

                    	 	
                      885

                    
	
                      21

                    	 	
                      0

                    
	
                      22

                    	 	
                      0

                    
	
                      23

                    	 	
                      0

                    
	
                      24

                    	 	
                      0

                    
	
                      25

                    	 	
                      0

                    

            

          

        

      

       

      2.
Calculation and inspection method for power curve of wind generator

       

      During
the quality guarantee period, the seller’s guarantee value on power curve is
more than or equal to 96% of the calculated amount of power generation on the
basis of guaranteeing the power curve.

       

      If the
buyer has questions about the power curve of any set, it has the right to raise
the question in the quality guarantee period and to measure the power curve by
employing an internationally famous test organization (such as Garrad Hassan, PB
Power or MEASNET member) according to the IEC 61400-12 standard on its own
expenses. This test shall not affect the proceeding of quality guarantee period.
If the result of the test shows that the set does not reach the guaranteed value
on power curve:

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      seller shall compensate the buyer the fees for conducting the power curve
      test.

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                The
      seller shall pay penalty for not reaching the guaranteed power curve value
      to the buyer in accordance with article 10.12 of the
    contract.

              

      

       

      Formula
for validating guaranteed power curve value:

       

            Validating
generating capacity (S)
(unit: KW/H) 

       

      Actual
guaranteed value (W) =
—————————————  ×100%

       

                    Guaranteed
generating capacity (S)
(unit: KW/H)

       

      Validating
generating capacity (S)
= wind frequency (WF) for calculating generating capacity × power curve value
validated by a third party

       

      Guaranteed
generating capacity (B)
= wind frequency (WF) for calculating generating capacity × power curve value
validated by the seller.

       

      Calculation
of power amount shall be conduced with EXCEL or ALWIN. Wind frequency used for
calculating power amount use vibound distribution or on-site actual wind
frequency (wind measuring data require no less than one year) approved by both
parties. This calculation shall be made by an independent authentification
organization.

       

      II.
Inspection of availability

       

      During
quality guarantee period, the seller’s guarantee value for availability is more
than or equal to 97%.

       

      1.
Calculation of availability

       

      The
formula for calculating availability is as follows:

       

      × 100%,

       

      Among
which

       

      A        availability
[%]

       

      P         statistical
time part after modification. The time part is the Gregorian calendar year, i.e.
8784 hours for general year and 8784 hours for leap year.

       

      T         Total
shutdown time, total shutdown time within P.

       

      N         shutdown
time not caused by the seller

       

      N                 Definition
(for shutdown time not caused by the seller)

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Grid
      interruption and invalidity besides normal grid
  parameters

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Grid
      shutoff within plan

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Failure
      of main transformer (if within the buyer’s scope of
  supply)

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Maintenance
      (24 hours/year at most)

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Test
      or expert study required by the
buyer

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Measurements
      proposed or required by the buyer

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Shutdown
      of generator system caused by official requirements (such as noise class,
      flickering shadow.

              

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Icing

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Wind
      speed lower than cut-in wind speed

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Wind
      speed higher than cut-in wind speed

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Shutdown
      caused by the remote communication problems within the obligation of the
      buyer

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Deliberate
      destroy or malicious damage

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Strike,
      rebellion, domestic riot and civil war whether stated in advance or
      not

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Earthquake
      and flood

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                External
      fire and explosion

              

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
10 Special tools, spare parts and expendables

       

      1. List
of special tools (RMB Yuan)

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          	
                                  Name

                                	 
      	
                                  Name

                                	 
      	
                                  Specification

                                	 
      	
                                  Quantity

                                	 
      	
                                  Unit

                                	 
      	
                                  Unit price

                                	 
      	
                                  Total price

                                
	
                                  1

                                	 
      	
                                  Hydraulic
      torque wrench

                                	 
      	
                                  HYTORC

                                	 
      	
                                  1

                                	 
      	
                                  Set

                                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                  2

                                	 
      	
                                  Hoisting
      tool for blade

                                	 
      	
                                  DW-T-B001

                                	 
      	
                                  1

                                	 
      	
                                  Set

                                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                  3

                                	 
      	
                                  Hoisting
      tool for tower frame

                                	 
      	
                                  DW-T-B001

                                	 
      	
                                  1

                                	 
      	
                                  Set

                                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                  4

                                	 
      	
                                  Back
      safety belt

                                	 
      	
                                  30T*5M

                                	 
      	
                                  6

                                	 
      	
                                  Set

                                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                  Total

                                	
                                    

                                	 
      	
                                    

                                	 
      	
                                    

                                	 
      	
                                    

                                	 
      	
                                    

                                	 
      	
                                    

                                	 
      

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

       

      2. List
of spare parts (RMB Yuan)

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    	
                            S.N. 

                          	 
      	
                            Equipment name 

                          	 
      	
                            Unit 

                          	 
      	
                            Quantity

                          	 
      	
                            Price

                          
	
                            1

                          	 
      	
                            Wind
      speed sensor

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            20

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            2

                          	 
      	
                            Wind
      direction sensor

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            20

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            3

                          	 
      	
                            Contactor

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            5

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            4

                          	 
      	
                            Revolving
      joint

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            5

                          	 
      	
                            Fuse
      (of different categories)

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            30

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            6

                          	 
      	
                            Motor
      contactor

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            7

                          	 
      	
                            Protective
      device for motor overload

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            20

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            8

                          	 
      	
                            Soft
      starter of motor

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            20

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            9

                          	 
      	
                            Protective
      device for motor short-circuit

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            20

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            10

                          	 
      	
                            Motor
      of yawing system

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            11

                          	 
      	
                            Motor
      of Blade tip hydraulic station

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            12

                          	 
      	
                            Motor
      of cooling system

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            13

                          	 
      	
                            Motor
      of lubrication system

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            14

                          	 
      	
                            Brake
      pad including sensor

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            20

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            15

                          	 
      	
                            Blade
      tip hydraulic relief valve

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            50

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            16

                          	 
      	
                            Blade
      tip hydraulic station filter element

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            17

                          	 
      	
                            Yawing
      hydraulic station filter element

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            18

                          	 
      	
                            Lubrication
      station filter element

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            Total

                          	
                              

                          	 
      	
                              

                          	 
      	
                              

                          	 
      	
                              

                          	 
      

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

       

      3.
Consumables list (RMB Yuan)

       

      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            	
                                    S.N.

                                  	 
      	
                                    Name
      of equipment

                                  	 
      	
                                    Specification

                                  	 
      	
                                    Unit

                                  	 
      	
                                    Quantity

                                  	 
      	
                                    Unit

                                    Price

                                  	 
      	
                                    Total

                                    Price

                                  
	
                                    1

                                  	 
      	
                                    Hydraulic oil

                                  	 
      	
                                    SHC
      524

                                  	 
      	
                                    208L

                                  	 
      	
                                    5

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                    2

                                  	 
      	
                                    Yawing
      gear-box oil

                                  	 
      	
                                    SHC
      630

                                  	 
      	
                                    208L

                                  	 
      	
                                    5

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                    3

                                  	 
      	
                                    Main
      gear-box oil

                                  	 
      	
                                    SHC
      632

                                  	 
      	
                                    208L

                                  	 
      	
                                    15

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                    4

                                  	 
      	
                                    Yawing
      bearing raceway grease

                                  	 
      	
                                    SHC
      460 WT

                                  	 
      	
                                    15.8kg

                                  	 
      	
                                    5

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                                    5

                                  	 
      	
                                    Yawing
      bearing tooth surface grease

                                  	 
      	
                                    Mobil
      gear 007

                                  	 
      	
                                    20kg

                                  	 
      	
                                    5

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                                      

                                  	
                                    Total

                                  	
                                      

                                  	 
      	
                                      

                                  	 
      	
                                      

                                  	 
      	
                                      

                                  	 
      	
                                      

                                  	 
      

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
11: Acceptance certificate form

       

      Guoce
DW 1.0S Type Wind turbine generator system

       

      Acceptance
Certificate

       

      Wind
Turbine Generator System Model

       

      DW 1.0S 

       

      
        
          
            
              	 
      	 	 
      
	
                      No.
      of Ex-factory

                    	 	
                      Date
      of Ex-factory

                    

            

          

        

      

       

      Manufacturer:
Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.

       

      Project
title: Daqing Wind Farm

       

      Guoce
Nord DW 1.0S type Wind Turbine Generator System is manufactured by Wuhan Guoce
Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd. and is responsible for the installation guidance and
commissioning, since the date of commissioning completion, it will undergo 500h
commissioning. The Wind Turbine Generator System will enter into quality
warranty, and then the Seller will not be responsible for the operation and
maintenance responsibility. After the certificate is signed by representatives
of both Buyer and Seller, it will have the legal force, both Buyer and Seller
should implement strictly.

       

      
        	
                Seller’s
      representative:

              	
                Buyer’s
      representative:

              
	 
      	 
      
	
                Date:

              	
                Date:

              

      

      
        
           

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Appendix
12 DNV Certification

       

      
        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      

    

    Appendix
2 Scope of Supply

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              	
                                      Description

                                    	 	
                                      Qty.

                                    	 	
                                      Unit

                                    	 	
                                      Remarks

                                    
	
                                      01
      Nacelle assembly

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      Excluding
      the tower

                                    
	
                                      02
      Blade

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      03
      Connecting bolt between the wheel hub and blade

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      04
      Central monitoring and remote monitoring system software

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      05
      Connecting bolt between the nacelle and tower

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      06a
      Connecting bolt between the towers

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      06b
      Connecting bolt between the tower and foundation

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      06c
      Electric power in turbine tower and the electric fittings of control
      cable

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      07
      Transportation and insurance

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      Free
      on ground on the field

                                    
	
                                      08
      Micro-location selection

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Wind
      farm

                                    	 	
                                      Completed
      in the design institute

                                    
	
                                      09
      Tower

                                    	 	
                                      50

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      Self-prepared
      by the buyer

                                    
	
                                      10
      Manufacture supervision on foundation

                                    	 	
                                      40

                                    	 	
                                      persons/day

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      11
      Manufacture supervision on tower

                                    	 	
                                      60

                                    	 	
                                      persons/day

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      12
      Field installation instructions

                                    	 	
                                      200

                                    	 	
                                      persons/day

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      13
      Debugging and commissioning

                                    	 	
                                      200

                                    	 	
                                      persons/day

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      14
      Labor cost in 2-year guarantee period

                                    	 	
                                      900

                                    	 	
                                      persons/day

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      (3
      times in the 1st
      year, 2 times in the 2nd
      year)

                                    	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                      15
      Factory training (for 5 persons and lasting 2 weeks)

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      persons/week

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      16
      Spare parts (two years after the guarantee period)

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      17
      Consumables (within two-year guarantee period)

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      18
      Special tool

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      19
      Field training

                                    	 	
                                      150

                                    	 	
                                      persons/day

                                    	 	 
      

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      

    

    Appendix
3 Provision and Delivery of Technical Documents

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              General
      Requirements

            

    

     

    
      
        	
                1.1 

              	
                The
      supplier shall number the drawings in accordance with relevant national
      standards and response code and rules. The documents furnished shall adopt
      the national legal units of measurement, that is, the international system
      of units (in Chinese language).

              

      

       

    

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              The
      documents shall have clear organizational structure and strong logic. The
      contents of these documents shall be true, correct, consistent, clear and
      complete, satisfying the engineering
  requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              The
      supplier shall deliver the documents promptly and sufficiently so as to
      meet the project progress requirements. After winning the bid, the
      supplier shall be responsible for writing and publishing the technical
      agreement for the supplied products, which shall be confirmed by the Owner
      and the designer. Within five (5) working days after the technical
      agreement is signed, the list of all technical documents and the delivery
      schedule shall be furnished for the Owner’s confirmation. At the time of
      furnishing the final version of formal drawings, the formal electronic
      documents of AUTOCAD-R14 and
      higher version shall be furnished. The formal drawings shall be stamped
      with the factory’s official seal or
signed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              The
      technical documents furnished by the supplier are categorized into four
      parts: bidding stage; design stage; equipment inspection, construction,
      commissioning, trial run and performance test acceptance; operating
      maintenance. The supplier shall satisfy the requirements of these four
      parts.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              For
      others which are not listed into the list of contracted technical
      documents, but which are necessary documents and information for the
      project, once found, the supplier shall furnish them promptly without
      charge.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.6

            	
              The
      Owner shall promptly furnish documents related to the design and
      manufacture of the contractual
equipments.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.7

            	
              The
      finished products shall be consistent with the finally confirmed drawings.
      The Owner’s acceptance of the drawings will not release the supplier from
      its obligation to the correctness of these drawings. During site
      installation of equipments, if the drawings are further modified by the
      supplier’s technicians, the supplier shall reedit the drawings into
      booklet, formally deliver them to the Owner, and guarantee that the
      installed equipments are completely consistent with the
      drawings.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Basic
      Requirements of Document Delivery

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              The
      supplier shall furnish 4 sets of equipment documents (formal documents)
      within five (5) working days after the technical agreement is signed and
      take effect, 2 sets to the design institute and 2 sets to the Owner. The
      delivered documents includes but not limited
to:

            

 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

      
        

      

      u     Description
of wind generating set

    

    u     Parameters
of power grid

    u     Control
system operation manual

    u     Operation/maintenance
manual

    u     Description
of sample drawings and loads of wind turbine foundation

    u     Whole
set processing drawings of tower

    u     Schematic
diagram of equipment packaging, lifting and transportation

    u     Plant
assembly and commissioning record of wind turbine;

    u     Data
of parts and components of wind turbine

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Technical
      documents necessary for equipment
inspection

            

    

    
       

      The
supplier shall furnish all technical documents necessary for the
inspection/witness of contractual equipments.

       

    

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              The
      technical documents needed for the construction, commissioning, trial run,
      performance test of generating set, operation and maintenance (the Owner
      shall put forward specific list and requirements, detailed by the supplier
      and confirmed by the Owner) shall include but not limit
  to:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.1

            	
              The
      instruction manual for equipment installation, commissioning and trial
      run, as well as the technical documents necessary for assembly and
      dismantling shall be furnished.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2

            	
              The
      detailed drawings and technical files for installation, operation,
      maintenance and repair, including the general drawings of equipments,
      general drawings and detail drawings of parts, necessary part drawings and
      calculation materials etc., shall be
furnished.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.3

            	
              The
      instruction manual of equipment installation, operation, maintenance and
      repair, including the structural characteristics, installation procedures,
      process requirements and key requirements for starting and commissioning
      shall be furnished. Also, the running and operation rules, control data,
      periodical inspection, and maintenance description and so on shall be
      furnished.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.4

            	
              The
      supplier shall furnish the spare parts, general list of components and
      drawings of vulnerable parts.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              Other
      technical documents which shall be furnished by the supplier (the Owner
      puts forward the specific list, detailed by the supplier and confirmed by
      the Owner) include but not limit
to:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.1

            	
              The
      pre-delivery reports such as inspection records, test reports and quality
      certificate shall be furnished.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.2

            	
              The
      supplier shall furnish norms, standards and specified lists followed
      during design and manufacture.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

      
        

      

    

    
      	
              2.4.3

            	
              The
      management documents of equipments and spare parts shall be furnished,
      including the detailed documents of dispatching and loading of equipments
      and spare parts (various lists), the technical requirements for storage
      and preservation of equipments and spare parts, detailed list and outside
      view drawing for transported very heavy and very large
    pieces.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.4

            	
              The
      detailed product quality documents shall be furnished, including
      materials, material inspection, welding, thermal treatment, processing
      quality and external dimension etc. The certificates of hydraulic pressure
      test and performance test and so on shall be
  furnished.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5

            	
              The
      forwarding unit and address of documents and
  data:

            

    

    

    Name:
Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power Engineering Co., Ltd.

    Address:
Kaidi Building, Special No.1, Jiangxia Avenue, East Lake New Tech Development
Zone,

    Wuhan,
Hubei Province, China

    Telephone:
(027) 67869404   Zip code: 430223

    Contact:
Gao Zhiping

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      

    

    Appendix
4 Delivery Schedule

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              The
      time of delivery shall be as follows based on the overall schedule
      requirements:

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              The
      detailed delivery schedule shall be adjusted properly according to the
      requirements of the installation schedule to meet the construction
      schedule, and the first batch of equipment shall be delivered no later
      than 20, November, while the second batch of equipment shall be delivered
      no later than 20, July, 2009.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              The
      spare parts and special tools shall be delivered by accompanying the main
      equipment.

            

    

     

    Delivery
instructions:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              1.

            	
              Time
      of delivery refers to the time of arrival of the
  equipment.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.

            	
              The
      sequence of delivery of the equipment shall meet the requirements of
      installation progress of the
project.

            

 

    
      	
               
      

            	
              3.

            	
              The
      date written in the above table is the time limit for the project. In
      order to guarantee the progress of works, the Seller is encouraged to
      provide a time earlier than it by combining the actual condition of the
      factory, and lists the optimal delivery time based on the parts name and
      serial number within the scope of
supply.

            

    

     

    Optimal
Delivery Schedule

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                	
                                        S.N.

                                      	 	
                                        Equipment/Parts Name and

                                        Model

                                      	 	
                                        Place of

                                        Delivery

                                      	 	
                                        Quantity

                                        (Set)

                                      	 	
                                        Time of Delivery

                                      	 	
                                        Weight

                                        (T)

                                      
	
                                        1

                                      	 	
                                        GCN1000-59
      blower fan

                                      	 	
                                        Wuhan

                                      	 	
                                        10

                                      	 	
                                        March
      15, 2009

                                      	 	
                                        470

                                      
	
                                        2

                                      	 	
                                        GCN1000-59
      blower fan

                                      	 	
                                        Wuhan

                                      	 	
                                        40

                                      	 	
                                        December
      15, 2009

                                      	 	
                                        1880

                                      

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    (Note:
the serial number shall be in line with that of subitem list in the scope of
supply)

    

    Delivery
Schedule of the Spare Parts

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    	
                                                            S/N

                                                          	 	
                                                            Name
      and model of the equipment /

                                                            parts

                                                          	 	
                                                            Delivery

                                                            place

                                                          	 	
                                                            Qty.

                                                            (piece)

                                                          	 	
                                                            Latest delivery

                                                            time

                                                          
	
                                                            1

                                                          	 	
                                                            Wind
      speed sensor

                                                          	 	
                                                            Wuhan

                                                          	 	
                                                            20

                                                          	 	
                                                            Dec.
      15, 2009

                                                          
	
                                                            2

                                                          	 	
                                                            Wind
      direction sensor

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            20

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            3

                                                          	 	
                                                            Contactor

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            5

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            4

                                                          	 	
                                                            Revolving
      joint

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            10

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            5

                                                          	 	
                                                            Fuse
      (of different categories)

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            30

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            6

                                                          	 	
                                                            Motor
      contactor

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            10

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            7

                                                          	 	
                                                            Protective
      device for motor overload

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            20

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            8

                                                          	 	
                                                            Soft
      starter of motor

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            20

                                                          	 	 
      
	
                                                            9

                                                          	 	
                                                            Protective
      device for motor short-circuit

                                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                                            20

                                                          	 	 
      

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	
                                                              Motor
      of yawing system

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              11

                                                            	 	
                                                              Motor
      of blade tip hydraulic station

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              12

                                                            	 	
                                                              Motor
      of cooling system

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              13

                                                            	 	
                                                              Motor
      of lubricating system

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              14

                                                            	 	
                                                              Mechanical
      brake pad and sensor

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              20

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              15

                                                            	 	
                                                              Safe
      valve of blade tip

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              50

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              16

                                                            	 	
                                                              Filter
      of blade tip hydraulic station

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              17

                                                            	 	
                                                              Filter
      of yawing hydraulic station

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      
	
                                                              18

                                                            	 	
                                                              Filter
      of lubricant station

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    (Note:
The serial No. shall be consistent with the serial No. of the sub-item list of
supply scope)

    

    Delivery
Schedule of the Special Tools

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                	
                                        S/N

                                      	 	
                                        Name
      and model of the equipment / parts

                                      	 	
                                        Delivery

                                        place

                                      	 	
                                        Qty.

                                        (piece)

                                      	 	
                                        Latest
      delivery

                                        time

                                      
	
                                        1

                                      	 	
                                        Hydraulic
      torque spanner

                                      	 	
                                        Wuhan

                                      	 	
                                        1

                                      	 	
                                        Dec.
      15, 2009

                                      
	
                                        2

                                      	 	
                                        Lifting
      appliance of blade DW-T-B001

                                      	 	 
      	 	
                                        1

                                      	 	 
      
	
                                        3

                                      	 	
                                        Lifting
      appliance of tower DW-T-T001

                                      	 	 
      	 	
                                        1

                                      	 	 
      
	
                                        4

                                      	 	
                                        Back
      safety belt

                                      	 	 
      	 	
                                        6

                                      	 	 
      

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    

    (Note:
The serial No. shall be consistent with the serial No. of the sub-item list of
supply scope)

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      
Appendix
5 Equipment Supervision, Receipt, Inspection and Performance Acceptance
Test

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              This
      Appendix shall be applicable to the inspection, performance acceptance
      test of the equipment supplied by the Supplier during implementation
      period of the contract, to make sure that the equipment (including the
      equipment outsourced by the subcontractor) supplied by the Supplier meets
      the requirements in the Appendix 1.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              The
      Supplier shall provide the inspection and performance acceptance test
      standards related to the contractual equipments within 3 months from the
      effective date of the contract. The relevant standards shall meet the
      regulations in the Appendix 1.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Factory
      Inspection

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              The
      factory inspection is an important part of quality control. The Supplier
      shall perform the strict inspection and test for all production links in
      the factory. The Supplier shall provide the issued quality certificate,
      inspection record and test report of the contractual equipments, which
      shall become the components of the quality certification documents during
      the delivery period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              The
      scope of inspection covers the entrance of the raw materials and
      components, and the machining, assembly, test and delivery test of the
      parts.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              The
      inspection results of the Supplier shall meet the requirements in the
      Appendix 1. The Supplier shall take necessary actions to deal with the
      non-compliance and provide the nonconformity report to the Employer. The
      Supplier shall report the vital issue concerning the quality to the
      Employer without delay if any.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.

            	
              All
      charges of factory inspection shall be included in the total contract
      price.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Performance
      Acceptance Test

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              The
      performance acceptance test aims to inspect the contractual equipments for
      the conformance of the requirement in the Appendix
  1.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              The
      place for the performance acceptance test shall be determined in the
      contract, usually in the Employer’s
site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              Time
      of performance test: generally, the performance test shall be carried out
      within half a year after test run of the equipment, and the specific test
      time shall be determined by both the Supplier and Buyer after negotiation;
      the time for the single equipment’s test shall be determined by the
      Supplier and Buyer.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4

            	
              The
      performance acceptance test shall be held by the Employer, in which the
      Supplier shall participate. The test program shall be provided and
      determined by the Employer after discussion with the
    Supplier.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

      

      

    

    
      	
              3.5

            	
              Contents
      of performance acceptance test

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.1

            	
              Material
      test: the non-destructive testing data shall be provided to the Employer
      according to the standard
test.

            

 

    
      	
              3.5.2

            	
              Factory
      test

            

    

     

    
      The
Supplier shall be responsible for the necessary test for the equipment and its
spare parts during the manufacturing period and before shipping, and shall
provide the test report to the Employer in written form.

       

    

    
      	
              3.5.3

            	
              Site
      test

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              a.

            	
              The
      Employer shall be responsible for the necessary test after the complete
      installation of the equipment in accordance with the acceptance
      standards.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              b.

            	
              The
      Supplier shall dispatch a person to give help during the test to solve the
      exposed fault until qualification.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.6

            	
              The
      Supplier shall participate in the single debugging and operation
      inspection according to the Employer’s
  requirement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              Others

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              Quality
      Standard

            

    

     

    
      The
marked manufacturer for some equipment aims to establish the quality standard,
the structural form and the acceptable experience. The equipment from the
“equivalent” manufacturers shall meet the requirements on the general and
special performance in the specifications and the design intention; meanwhile,
the quality, performance and safety shall not be lower than the requirements in
the specifications. All equipment and materials provided by the manufacturer and
Supplier shall be new, modern, defect free and of good quality, long operating
life and less maintenance.

       

    

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              Equipment
      Guarantee

            

    

     

    
      	
              A.

            	
              The
      Supplier must ensure that one year from the date of completion of
      acceptance is the guarantee period. The Supplier shall maintain the
      equipment during the guarantee period and perform the overall inspection
      at least twice. If the parts fail due to improper design, defective
      materials or poor manufacturing under the normal operation condition
      during the guarantee period, the Supplier shall repair it without delay
      after the receipt of notice. If the Supplier fails to repair it within the
      specified period (48 h), it shall be at the discretion of the Employer,
      and the costs therefrom shall be borne by the Supplier without
      objection.

            

    

     

    
      
        	
                B.

              	
                The
      Employer or project supervisor has the right to reject the equipment or
      parts with defects or not meeting the contract requirements, which shall
      be repaired or replaced by the Supplier, and the costs therefrom shall be
      borne by the
Supplier.

              

      

    
 

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              Patent

            

    

     

    
      The
Supplier shall bear all patent fees and license fees of the equipment and
technologies specified in the contract and protect the Employer from any
impairment. The complaints resulting from license fees, words and patent
infringement, or the legal verdict, suit and cost incurred due to the usage of
equipment and the process structure characteristics and the arrangement of
components shall be irrelevant with the Employer. The payment specified in this
contract shall be deemed to include the patent fees, license fees and other
fees.

       

    

    
      	
              4.4

            	
              Preparation
      of Quality Inspection

            

    

     

    
      The
equipment shall be inspected for damage, defeat, integrity, accuracy, etc. prior
to installation. Any
defected equipment or materials shall be reported to the Employer without delay.
The damaged equipment shall not be repaired until the Employer approves
it.

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    

    Appendix
6 Price List

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              General
      requirements

            

 

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              The
      equipment / parts in the table shall be consistent with those within the
      scope of supply in Appendix 2 (including the serial
    number).

            

 

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              When
      the sum of subitem’ price differs from the total price, the sum of subitem
      prevails. The favorable terms shall be reflected in the price of subitem
      if any.

            

 

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              The
      price for technical service fee, freight and miscellaneous charges and
      insurance fee shall be quoted
individually.

            

 

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              The
      quotation currency shall be RMB, and the imported products shall be quoted
      in RMB.

            

 

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              The
      quoted price in the table shall be fixed, including all kinds of taxes and
      packing charges.

            

 

    
      	
              1.6

            	
              The
      price list shall be marked with the date, period of validity, place of
      delivery and signed by the legal representative or the authorized
      client.

            

 

    Total
Tender Price for Kaidi Electric Pinglu Phase I Wind Farm Project

     

    
      
        
          	
                  Contract
      price:        
      32170       

                	
                  Unit:RMB (Ten
      thousand Yuan)

                

        

      

    

    

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        	
                                                                Name

                                                              	 	
                                                                Single Blower Fan

                                                                (1MW Unit) Price

                                                              	 	
                                                                Price for 50 sets of

                                                                Blower Fan (1MW

                                                                Unit) 

                                                              	 	
                                                                Remarks

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
                                                                Equipment
      price

                                                              	 	
                                                                600

                                                              	 	
                                                                30000

                                                              	 	
                                                                See
      attached list I for single unit

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
                                                                Additional
      charges

                                                              	 	
                                                                43.4

                                                              	 	
                                                                2170

                                                              	 	
                                                                See
      the following subitem table for details

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
      	 	
                                                                Spare
      parts

                                                              	 	
                                                                8.235

                                                              	 	
                                                                411.75

                                                              	 	
                                                                See
      attached list II for single unit

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
      	 	
                                                                Special
      tool

                                                              	 	
                                                                0.374

                                                              	 	
                                                                18.7

                                                              	 	
                                                                See
      attached list III for single unit

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
                                                                Including

                                                              	 	
                                                                Consumables

                                                              	 	
                                                                5.3

                                                              	 	
                                                                265

                                                              	 	
                                                                See
      attached list V for single unit

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
      	 	
                                                                Technical

                                                                service charge

                                                              	 	
                                                                10.93

                                                              	 	
                                                                546.5

                                                              	 	
                                                                See
      attached list IV for single unit

                                                              
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
      	 	
                                                                Freight and

                                                                miscellaneous

                                                                charges and

                                                                insurance fee

                                                              	 	
                                                                18.561

                                                              	 	
                                                                928.05

                                                              	 	 
      
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
                                                                Total

                                                              	 	
                                                                643.4

                                                              	 	
                                                                32170

                                                              	 	 

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      Remark:
the favorable terms shall be explained in detail if any.

       

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    
      

    

    Schedule
I: Sub-item schedule for the price of body (Unit: RMB 10,000 Yuan) (Phase I
Fengkou Wind Farm Project in Pinglu)

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    	
                                            S/N

                                          	 	
                                            Name

                                          	 	
                                            Unit

                                          	 	
                                            Qty.

                                          	 	
                                            Unit weight (kg)

                                          	 	
                                            Manufacturer

                                          	 	
                                            Unit price

                                          
	
                                            1

                                          	 	
                                            Blade

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            8800

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            160

                                          
	
                                            2

                                          	 	
                                            Wheel
      hub

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            7700

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            40

                                          
	
                                            3

                                          	 	
                                            Nacelle

                                          	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                            3.1

                                          	 	
                                            Gearbox

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            10500

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            180

                                          
	
                                            3.2

                                          	 	
                                            Coupling

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            400

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            6

                                          
	
                                            3.3

                                          	 	
                                            Motor

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            5000

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            70

                                          
	
                                            3.4

                                          	 	
                                            Chassis

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            6900

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            40

                                          
	
                                            4

                                          	 	
                                            Braking
      system

                                          	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                            4.1

                                          	 	
                                            Brake
      caliper

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            100

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            4

                                          
	
                                            5

                                          	 	
                                            Yawing
      system

                                          	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                            5.1

                                          	 	
                                            Yawing
      drive

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            1044

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            20

                                          
	
                                            5.2

                                          	 	
                                            Yawing
      dear ring

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            1000

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            15

                                          
	
                                            6

                                          	 	
                                            Control
      system

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            900

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            50

                                          
	
                                            7

                                          	 	
                                            Main
      cable of tower barrel

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            50

                                          	 	
                                            900

                                          	 	 
      	 	
                                            13

                                          
	
                                            8

                                          	 	
                                            Central
      monitoring system

                                          	 	
                                            Set

                                          	 	
                                            1

                                          	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	
                                            100

                                          

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    

    Schedule
II 1: Sub-item schedule for the price of mandatory spare parts (Phase I Fengkou
Wind Farm Project in Pinglu)      Unit: RMB 10,000
Yuan

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      	
                                                              S/N

                                                            	 	
                                                              Name

                                                            	 	
                                                              Unit

                                                            	 	
                                                              Qty.

                                                            	 	
                                                              Manufacturer

                                                            	 	
                                                              Unit price

                                                            	 	
                                                              Total price

                                                            
	
                                                              1

                                                            	 	
                                                              Wind
      speed sensor

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              20

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.5

                                                            	 	
                                                              10

                                                            
	
                                                              2

                                                            	 	
                                                              Wind
      direction sensor

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              20

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.55

                                                            	 	
                                                              11

                                                            
	
                                                              3

                                                            	 	
                                                              Contactor

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              5

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.11

                                                            	 	
                                                              0.55

                                                            
	
                                                              4

                                                            	 	
                                                              Revolving
      joint

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.4

                                                            	 	
                                                              4

                                                            
	
                                                              5

                                                            	 	
                                                              Fuse
      (of different categories)

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              30

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.01

                                                            	 	
                                                              0.3

                                                            
	
                                                              6

                                                            	 	
                                                              Motor
      contactor

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              10

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.15

                                                            	 	
                                                              1.5

                                                            
	
                                                              7

                                                            	 	
                                                              Protective
      device for motor overload

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              20

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.1

                                                            	 	
                                                              2

                                                            
	
                                                              8

                                                            	 	
                                                              Soft
      starter of motor

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              20

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.15

                                                            	 	
                                                              3

                                                            
	
                                                              9

                                                            	 	
                                                              Protective
      device for motor short-circuit

                                                            	 	
                                                              Piece

                                                            	 	
                                                              20

                                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                                              0.05

                                                            	 	
                                                              1

                                                            

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    
      
        

      

    

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                          	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Motor
      of yawing system

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  2

                                                                
	
                                                                  11

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Motor
      of blade tip hydraulic station

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  2

                                                                
	
                                                                  12

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Motor
      of cooling system

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  2

                                                                
	
                                                                  13

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Motor
      of lubricating system

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  2

                                                                
	
                                                                  14

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Mechanical
      brake pad and sensor

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  20

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  1.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  24

                                                                
	
                                                                  15

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Safe
      valve of blade tip

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  50

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                
	
                                                                  16

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Filter
      of blade tip hydraulic station

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  2

                                                                
	
                                                                  17

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Filter
      of yawing hydraulic station

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.2

                                                                	 	
                                                                  2

                                                                
	
                                                                  18

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Filter
      of lubricant station

                                                                	 	
                                                                  Piece

                                                                	 	
                                                                  10

                                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                                  0.3

                                                                	 	
                                                                  3

                                                                

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Schedule II 2: Sub-item schedule for the price of recommended
spare parts for 3-year operation (Phase I Fengkou Wind Farm Project in Pinglu)
Unit: RMB 10,000 Yuan

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          	
                                                  S/N

                                                	 	
                                                  Name 

                                                	 	
                                                  Unit

                                                	 	
                                                  Qty.

                                                	 	
                                                  Manufacturer

                                                	 	
                                                  Unit price

                                                	 	
                                                  Total price

                                                
	
                                                  1

                                                	 	
                                                  Wind
      speed sensor

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  20

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.5

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                
	
                                                  2

                                                	 	
                                                  Wind
      direction sensor

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  20

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.55

                                                	 	
                                                  11

                                                
	
                                                  3

                                                	 	
                                                  Contactor

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  5

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.11

                                                	 	
                                                  0.55

                                                
	
                                                  4

                                                	 	
                                                  Revolving
      joint

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.4

                                                	 	
                                                  4

                                                
	
                                                  5

                                                	 	
                                                  Fuse
      (of different categories)

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  30

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.01

                                                	 	
                                                  0.3

                                                
	
                                                  6

                                                	 	
                                                  Motor
      contactor

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.15

                                                	 	
                                                  1.5

                                                
	
                                                  7

                                                	 	
                                                  Protective
      device for motor overload

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  20

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.1

                                                	 	
                                                  2

                                                
	
                                                  8

                                                	 	
                                                  Soft
      starter of motor

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  20

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.15

                                                	 	
                                                  3

                                                
	
                                                  9

                                                	 	
                                                  Protective
      device for motor short-circuit

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  20

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.05

                                                	 	
                                                  1

                                                
	
                                                  10

                                                	 	
                                                  Motor
      of yawing system

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.2

                                                	 	
                                                  2

                                                
	
                                                  11

                                                	 	
                                                  Motor
      of blade tip hydraulic station

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.2

                                                	 	
                                                  2

                                                
	
                                                  12

                                                	 	
                                                  Motor
      of cooling system

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.2

                                                	 	
                                                  2

                                                
	
                                                  13

                                                	 	
                                                  Motor
      of lubricating system

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  10

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  0.2

                                                	 	
                                                  2

                                                
	
                                                  14

                                                	 	
                                                  Mechanical
      brake pad and sensor

                                                	 	
                                                  Piece

                                                	 	
                                                  20

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  1.2

                                                	 	
                                                  24

                                                

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      

    

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                          
                                                            
                                                              
                                                                
                                                                  	
                                                                          15

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Safe
      valve of blade tip

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Piece

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          50

                                                                        	 	 
      	 	
                                                                          0.2

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          10

                                                                        
	
                                                                          16

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Filter
      of blade tip hydraulic station

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Piece

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          10

                                                                        	 	 
      	 	
                                                                          0.2

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          2

                                                                        
	
                                                                          17

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Filter
      of yawing hydraulic station

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Piece

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          10

                                                                        	 	 
      	 	
                                                                          0.2

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          2

                                                                        
	
                                                                          18

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Filter
      of lubricant station

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          Piece

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          10

                                                                        	 	 
      	 	
                                                                          0.3

                                                                        	 	
                                                                          3

                                                                        

                                                                

                                                              

                                                            

                                                          

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Note: The above items shall not be included in the total
price.

     

    Schedule
III: Sub-item schedule for the price of special tools (Phase I Fengkou Wind Farm
Project in Pinglu) Unit: RMB 10,000 Yuan

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      	
                                              S/N

                                            	 	
                                              Name

                                            	 	
                                              Unit

                                            	 	
                                              Qty.

                                            	 	
                                              Origin

                                            	 	
                                              Manufacture

                                            	 	
                                              Price

                                            
	
                                              1

                                            	 	
                                              Hydraulic torque spanner
      (TorcUp)

                                            	 	
                                              1

                                            	 	
                                              Set

                                            	 	
                                              USA

                                            	 	
                                              TorcUp

                                            	 	
                                              15

                                            
	
                                              2

                                            	 	
                                              Sling
      for blade  DW-T-B001

                                            	 	
                                              1

                                            	 	
                                              Set

                                            	 	
                                              China

                                            	 	
                                              Wuchang
      Shipbuilding Industry Co., Ltd.

                                            	 	
                                              0.8

                                            
	
                                              3

                                            	 	
                                              Sling
      for tower DW-T-T001

                                            	 	
                                              1

                                            	 	
                                              Set

                                            	 	
                                              China

                                            	 	
                                              Wuchang
      Shipbuilding Industry Co., Ltd.

                                            	 	
                                              1.2

                                            
	
                                              4

                                            	 	
                                              Back
      safety belt

                                            	 	
                                              6

                                            	 	
                                              Set

                                            	 	
                                              China

                                            	 	 
      	 	
                                              0.6

                                            

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    

    Addendum
IV: Technical Service Quotation (Pinglu Phase I Wind Farm
Project)Unit: RMB (10,000 Yuan)

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            	
                                    S.N.

                                  	 	
                                    Name

                                  	 	
                                    Quantity

                                  	 	
                                    Price

                                  	 	
                                    Remark

                                  
	
                                    1

                                  	 	
                                    On-site
      technical service

                                  	 	
                                    1400
      persons/day

                                  	 	
                                    490

                                  	 	 
      
	
                                    2

                                  	 	
                                    Training

                                  	 	
                                    230
      persons/day

                                  	 	
                                    56.5

                                  	 	 
      
	
                                    3

                                  	 	
                                    Technical
      disclosure

                                  	 	
                                    1

                                  	 	
                                    0

                                  	 	 
      
	
                                    4

                                  	 	
                                    Design
      liaison

                                  	 	
                                    3

                                  	 	
                                    0

                                  	 	 
      
	 
      	 	
                                    Total

                                  	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Note: If
the man-months can not meet the project demand, the Seller shall add the
man-months without any cost incurred.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      

    

    Appendix
7 technical service and liaison

     

    1.
Supplier’s on-site technical service

     

    1.1 The
Supplier’s on-site service personal aims to guarantee the safe and normal
operation of the equipment supplied. The Supplier shall dispatch the qualified
on-site service personnel, and provide the site service plan (as below),
including the man-days. If the man-days can not meet the project demand, the
Supplier shall add the man-days without any cost incurred.

     

    On-site
Service Schedule

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  	
                                                           
      

                                                        	 	
                                                            
      

                                                        	 	
                                                          Planned

                                                        	 	
                                                          Composition of Assigned

                                                          Personnel

                                                        	 	
                                                           
      

                                                        
	
                                                          S.N.

                                                        	 	
                                                          Contents of Technical Service

                                                        	 	
                                                          Man-days
      

                                                        	 	
                                                          Title

                                                        	 	
                                                          Number

                                                        	 	
                                                          Remark

                                                        
	
                                                          1.

                                                        	 	
                                                          Foundation
      supervision

                                                        	 	
                                                          40

                                                        	 	
                                                          Engineer

                                                        	 	
                                                          2

                                                        	 	 
      
	
                                                          2.

                                                        	 	
                                                          Tower
      supervision

                                                        	 	
                                                          60

                                                        	 	
                                                          Engineer

                                                        	 	
                                                          1

                                                        	 	 
      
	
                                                          3.

                                                        	 	
                                                          Site
      installation guidance

                                                        	 	
                                                          200

                                                        	 	
                                                          Engineer

                                                        	 	
                                                          4

                                                        	 	 
      
	
                                                          4.

                                                        	 	
                                                          Debugging
      and commissioning

                                                        	 	
                                                          200

                                                        	 	
                                                          Engineer

                                                        	 	
                                                          2

                                                        	 	 
      
	
                                                          5.

                                                        	 	
                                                          Maintenance
      within 2 year’s quality guarantee period

                                                        	 	
                                                          900

                                                        	 	
                                                          Engineer

                                                        	 	
                                                          2

                                                        	 	 
      
	 
      	 	
                                                          Total

                                                        	 	
                                                          1400

                                                        	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              The
      on-site service personal assigned by the Supplier shall have the following
      qualification conditions:

            

 

    
      	
              1.2.1

            	
              Comply
      with the rules and regulations on
site;

            

 

    
      	
              1.2.2

            	
              Have
      strong sense of responsibility and entrepreneur spirit, and work on
      schedule; 

            

 

    
      	
              1.2.3

            	
              Know
      the design of the contractual equipments, be familiar with its structure,
      and have the same or similar working experience and give correct guidance
      on site.

            

 

    
      	
              1.2.4

            	
              Be
      in good health and adapt to the working conditions on
  site.

            

 

    The
Supplier shall provide the service personnel information for the Employer and
replace the incompetent on-site service personnel of the Supplier.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      

    

     Service
Personnel Information

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          	
                                                  Name

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  Gender

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  Age

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  Nationality

                                                	 	 
      
	
                                                  Political

                                                  Identity

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  School and

                                                  Major

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  Position

                                                	 	 
      	 	
                                                  Title

                                                	 	 
      
	 	 	 
	
                                                  Working

                                                  Experience

                                                	 	
                                                    

                                                
	 
      	 	
                                                  Unit
      (Seal)

                                                  Date          

                                                
	 	 	 
	
                                                  Evaluation

                                                  from
      Unit 

                                                	 	 
	
                                                    

                                                	 	
                                                  Unit
      (Seal)

                                                  Date          

                                                

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    
      

    

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              Responsibilities
      of Supplier’s on-site service
personnel

            

 

    
      	
              1.3.1

            	
              The
      responsibilities of the Supplier’s on-site service personnel shall include
      expediting of equipment, open-case inspection for the cargos, handling of
      quality problem, guidance of installation and debugging, participation of
      test run and performance acceptance
test.

            

 

    
      	
              1.3.2

            	
              The
      Supplier’s technical service personnel shall make technical disclosure to
      the Employer prior to installation and debugging, and explain and
      demonstrate the process and method.

            

 

    
      	
              1.3.3

            	
              The
      Supplier’s on-site service personnel shall have the full right to handle
      all technical and business problems. Any quality problems on site shall be
      resolved by the Supplier’s on-site service personnel within the specified
      time. If the Supplier entrusts the Employer to handle it, the Supplier’s
      on-site service personnel shall issue the letter of attorney and bear the
      relevant economic
responsibility.

            

 

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              Obligations
      of Employer

            

 

    The
Employer shall coordinate with the Supplier’s on-site service personnel and
provide convenience in life, transportation and communication.

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Design
      liaison

            

    

     

    The plan,
time, position and contents of the design liaison shall be determined by the
Supplier and Buyer together.

     

    Design
Liaison Schedule

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              	
                                      S.N.

                                    	 	
                                      Frequency

                                    	 	
                                      Content

                                    	 	
                                      Time

                                    	 	
                                      Position

                                    	 	
                                      Number

                                    
	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      The
      first time within 2 weeks after execution of contract

                                    	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                      2

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      The
      second will be determined at the first conference

                                    	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                      3

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      The
      third will be determined at the second conference.

                                    	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      

    

    Appendix
8 Subcontracting and Outsourcing

     

    The
Supplier shall fill the subcontracting information in the following table, the
number of candidate subcontractors for the equipment shall not be less than 3,
and the brief qualification information of each contractor shall be
presented.

     

    Subcontracting
information:

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            	
                                                    S.N.

                                                  	 	
                                                    Equipment/Parts

                                                  	 	
                                                    Model

                                                  	 	
                                                    Unit

                                                  	 	
                                                    Quantity

                                                  	 	
                                                    Origin

                                                  	 	
                                                    Manufacturer

                                                  	 	
                                                    Place of

                                                    Delivery

                                                  	 	
                                                    Remark

                                                  
	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Note: The
serial number and content in the table shall be consistent with those in the
Appendix 2.

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    
 

    
      

    

    Appendix
9 Information of Large Parts

     

     “Large
part” refers to the component with the weight over 2 metric tons and the
transportation clearance over 9 m×3 m×3 m.

     

    The
Supplier shall explain the condition of exceeding limit in detail.

     

    Note: The
serial number and content in the table shall be consistent with those in the
Appendix 2.

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                          
                                                            	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	
                                                                    Length×width×height

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Weight

                                                                  	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                                                    S.N.

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Name of

                                                                    Part

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Quantity

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Packaged

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Un

                                                                    packaged

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Packaged

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Un

                                                                    packaged

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Manufacturer

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Place of

                                                                    Delivery

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Type of

                                                                    Shipping

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Quotation

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Remark

                                                                  
	
                                                                    1

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Blade

                                                                  	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      
	
                                                                    2

                                                                  	 	
                                                                    Engine
      room

                                                                  	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      

                                                          

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

        

      

    

    Appendix
10 Performance Guarantee (Form)

    

    To: Wuhan Kaidi Electric Power
Engineering Co., Ltd

    

    That in
consideration of (Seller Name) (hereinafter referred to as “the Seller”)
entering into a contract with (contract number), we provide the performance
guarantee for (equipment name) for the Supplier.

     

     (Bank name)
(hereinafter referred to as “the Bank” ) and its inheritor, assignee,
unconditionally and irrevocably, waive the right of recourse and guarantee to
pay 10  % (10
percent) of the total contract price to the Buyer, namely ten thousand
Yuan in accordance with the following clauses.

     

     (a)
Provided that the Seller fails to implement the regulations in the contact and
effective amendment, supplement and alteration (hereinafter referred to as
“breach of contract”) agreed by two parties afterwards faithfully, no matter
whether the Seller agrees or not, the Bank shall pay the Buyer in accordance
with the above amount and method required by the Buyer upon receipt of written
notice from the Buyer.

     

     (b)
The amount promised to pay as above will be net, without deduction of any taxes,
duties, expenses, handling fee or retention money of any nature added by anyone
now or in the future.

     

     (c)
The provisions under the guarantee are the unconditional and irrevocable direct
obligations of the Bank. Modification of contract conditions, permissible time
change or any concession, except for the discharge of obligation for the Bank
regulated in the provisions, can not discharge the liability of the
Bank.

     

     (d)
The Letter of Guarantee shall come into force from the date of issue. The
performance bond shall not be refunded no latter than 30 days until the primary
performance acceptance of all contractual equipments is completed and acceptance
certificate is achieved; in case of any unresolved contract disputes, the period
of validity of performance bond shall be extended to the final settlement of the
dispute and completion of claim.

    

    
      
        
          	 
      	
                  (Name of Seller’s Bank)

                	Seal 
      
	 
      	
                  (Name of signer and
    signature)

                	 
      
	 
      	
                  Date:Exhibit
10.3
 

    NOTE:
PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT INDICATED BY “[****]” ARE SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT REQUEST, AND HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT. COMPLETE, UNREDACTED
COPIES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION AS PART OF THIS COMPANY’S CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST.

    

    Purchase
Contract of Wind Turbine 

    Generator
System

    

    Designation: 1.0MW Wind Turbine
Generator System

     

    Model:
GCN1000       

     

    Contract
Number: GCN200909-GH-01

    

    Buyer:
Shenzhen Guohan Investment (Group) Co., Ltd.

     

    Seller:
Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.

    

    December
1, 2009

    
      
         

      

      
        - 1
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    Contract
Number: GCN200909-GH-01

    
      
        	
                Contracting
      parties:

              	
                Party
      A (hereinafter referred to as Buyer): Shenzhen Guohan Investment (Group)
      Co., Ltd.

              

      

    

    
      Party B
(hereinafter referred to as Seller): Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co.,
Ltd.

    

    The Buyer
and Seller have reached agreement and agreed to sign the Contract in accordance
with the following articles.

    

    
      	
              1

            	
              Definitions

            

    

    The terms
used in this document and in the appendix are hereby defined.

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              “Buyer”
      refers to Shenzhen Guohan
      Investment (Group) Co., Ltd., including the legal representative,
      successor and assignee of the legal
person.

            

    

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              “Seller”
      refers to Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd., including the legal
      representative, successor and assignee of the legal
  person.

            

    

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              “Contract”
      refers to this document and all parts of its appendix. Including the
      amendments and supplementations by both parties in accordance with the
      contract provisions.

            

    

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              “Contract
      Price” refers to the part specified in Chapter 4
  herein.

            

    

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              “Effective
      Date” refers to the effective date of the contract specified in Chapter 18
      herein.

            

    

    
      	
              1.6

            	
              “Technical
      Materials” refers to documents (including drawings, various captions,
      standards and various kinds of software) related to the design,
      manufacture, supervision, inspection, installation, debugging, acceptance
      and performance acceptance test and technical instruction concerning the
      contractual equipment and the wind farm, and files applied to the correct
      running and maintenance of the contractual wind
  farm.

            

    

    
      	
              1.7

            	
              “Contractual
      Equipments” refers to the machines, device, materials, things, special
      tools, spare parts and all other things that are to be supplied by the
      seller in accordance with the
contract.

            

    

    
      	
              1.8

            	
              “Performance
      Acceptance Test” refers to the test to be made in accordance with the
      requirements of Appendix 1 herein for checking the guaranteed performance
      value specified in Technical Specification of the
  contract.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 2
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      	
              1.9

            	
              “Preliminary
      acceptance” indicates the buyer’s acceptance of each set of contractual
      equipments after the results of performance acceptance test demonstrate
      that the contractual equipments satisfy the guarantee values as specified
      in Appendix 1 of this contract.

            

    

    
      	
              1.10

            	
              “Quality
      guarantee period” refers to two years after signing the preliminary
      acceptance certificate of each set of contractual
    equipments.

            

    

    
      	
              1.11

            	
              “Final
      acceptance” means the acceptance after each set completing the quality
      guarantee period.

            

    

    
      	
              1.12

            	
              “Day,
      Month and Year” refers to the day, month and year by Gregorian calendar;
      “Day” refers to 24 hours; “Week” refers to 7 days; “Year” refers to 365
      days.

            

    

    1.13           “Contracted
wind farm” indicates
Haladaokou Wind Farm.

    
      	
              1.14

            	
              “Technical
      Service” refers to such all-through services as relevant technical
      instructions, technical cooperation and technical trainings for the
      engineering design, equipment construction supervision, inspection,
      earthwork, installation, debugging, acceptance, performance acceptance
      test, running and maintenance related to the contractual equipments
      supplied by the seller.

            

    

    
      	
              1.15

            	
              “Site”
      refers to the site of the wind farm, where the contractual equipments for
      the buyer will be located.

            

    

    
      	
              1.16

            	
              “Spare
      parts” mean the standby parts and components supplied by the seller under
      this contract for keeping normal operation and maintenance of the Wind
      Turbine Generator System. See Appendix 10 for the list of spare
      parts.

            

    

    
      	
              1.17

            	
              “Trial
      run” indicates the system or equipments of the Wind Turbine Generator
      System running at the stage of commissioning and trial run of wind
      farm.

            

    

    
      	
              1.18

            	
              “Generating
      set” refers to a complete set of equipments composed of tower above the
      ground foundation and before the bottom wiring screen, blade, generating
      set, control system, electric wire and cable
  etc.

            

    

    
      	
              1.19

            	
              “Written
      documents” mean any manuscript, typed or printed documents with stamp
      and/or signature of legal representative or the authorized
      person.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 3
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      	
              1.20

            	
              “Sub-contractor”
      refers to another legal person and her/his successor and an assignee with
      the approval of this legal person who is subcontracted the five large
      parts within the contractual scope of supply by the
  seller.

            

    

    
      	
              1.21

            	
              “Installation”
      indicates site assembly of contractual equipments according to
      drawings.

            

    

    
      	
              1.22

            	
              “Commissioning”
      refers to the whole process from starting to the time before completion of
      performance acceptance test of the generating
  set.

            

    

    
      	
              1.23

            	
              “Equipment
      Defect" refers to such situations that the contractual equipment
      (including parts, raw materials, castings and forgings, original parts and
      etc.) fail to meet the requirements of performance and quality standard
      specified in this contract as caused by design, fabrication error or
      ignorance of the seller.

            

    

    
      	
              2

            	
              Contract
      Object

            

    

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              The
      seller agrees to sell and the buyer agrees to buy the contractual
      equipments, for use in the buyer’s wind
farm.

            

    

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Equipment
      designation, model (type) and
quantities

            

    

    Equipment
designation: 1.0MW Wind Turbine Generator System

    Equipment
model (type): GCN1000

    Equipment
quantities: 10 sets

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              This
      equipment should be brand-new, made by mature technology, meeting the
      environmental protection requirements, safe and complete, designed by
      specific standard. Its performance index shall satisfy the guarantee value
      requirement in Appendix 1. The process and raw materials expressly banned
      by the government shall not be
used.

            

    

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              See
      Appendix 1 for the compositions and technical performance description of
      the contractual equipments.

            

    

    
      	
              2.5

            	
              See
      Appendix 2 for the scope of supply of the contractual
      equipments.

            

    

    
      	
              2.6

            	
              See
      Appendix 3 for the technical documents supplied by the
    seller.

            

    

    
      	
              2.7

            	
              See
      Appendix 4 for the technical training offered by the
    seller.

            

    

    
      	
              2.8

            	
              See
      Appendix 10 for the spare parts and special tools supplied by the
      seller.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 4
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              2.9

            	
              See
      details in Article 6 for the transportation and insurance of the
      contracted under the responsibility of the
  seller.

            

    

    
      	
              3

            	
              Scope
      of Supply

            

    

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              This
      contract supplies the generating set above the flange face above the tower
      (including fastening elements fixing the set), all electric wires and
      cables from the bottom screen to the set etc. See Appendix 2 for details
      of the scope of supply of this
contract.

            

    

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              The
      scope of supply of this contract covers specified quantities of set
      equipments, relevant technical documents, special tools, spare parts,
      necessary oil medium, personnel training as well as technical scope,
      transportation and insurance. However, during the implementation of the
      contract, if anything which is indeed covered in the scope of supply of
      the seller but not included in the list of delivery, and which is
      necessary for satisfying the performance guarantee value of the
      contractual equipments by the technical specification, is omitted or
      absent, the seller shall supplement the omitted equipments, technical
      documents, special tool and spare parts at its own
  cost.

            

    

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              The
      scope of supply of this contract excludes the tower (including fastening
      device of wire and cable), wire and cable behind bottom screen, and
      underground foundation.

            

    

    
      	
              4

            	
              Contract
      Price

            

    

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              The
      total contract price is RMB 54 million Yuan (Fifty-four million Yuan in
      words).

            

    

    
      	
              4.1.1

            	
              Price
      of contractual equipments

            

    

    The price
of each set of contractual equipments is RMB 5.4 million Yuan, so
10 sets of contractual equipments are priced RMB 54 million Yuan,
which covers: expenses of taxation and technical documents paid by the seller
relating to the equipment; expenses for transportation, insurance and packaging
of contractual equipments (inclusive of auxiliary devices) made in China from
the manufacturing factory to the seller’s factory or the buyer’s site; expenses
of transportation, loading/unloading, insurance and packaging, along with all
import taxes and fees (e.g. tariff, customs clearance fee and value-added tax
etc.) of contractual equipments (inclusive of auxiliary devices) made outside
China from the manufacturing factory to the seller’s
factory.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 5
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
       

      NOTE:
PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT INDICATED BY “[****]” ARE SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT REQUEST, AND HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT. COMPLETE, UNREDACTED
COPIES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION AS PART OF THIS COMPANY’S CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST.

       

    

    
      	
              4.1.2

            	
              The
      expenses of spare parts, technical documents and technical service
      specified in the appendices, and the freight and miscellaneous charges and
      insurance fees of contractual equipments from the seller’s factory
      delivered to the buyer’s site.

            

    

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              The
      contract price is the price according to Article 3 scope of supply and
      Article 6 delivery conditions, which is a fixed price within the effective
      period of this contract.

            

    

    
      	
              5

            	
              Payment

            

    

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              Currency
      applied in this contract is RMB.

            

    

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              Terms
      of payment: bill of exchange or telegraphic
  transfer.

            

    

    
      	
              5.3

            	
              The
      contract price shall be paid in accordance with the following
      terms:

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.1

            	
              Within
      [****] from the effective date of the contract, the buyer shall pay [****]
      of the total contract price, i.e. RMB [****] Yuan (RMB
      [****] Yuan only), to the seller as advance payment which shall be
      used for purchasing the spare parts and materials of the contractual
      equipment by the seller. And the seller shall issue formal financial
      receipt with corresponding amount.

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.2

            	
              When
      the manufacture progress of each set of equipment reaches [****] (namely
      all the materials of “wheel hub, gear box, generator, main control
      cabinet, yaw system arriving at the factory for assembly, and the blade”
      are complete), buyer shall pay [****] of such equipment’s price, i.e.
      RMB [****] Yuan
      (RMB [****] Yuan only) to the seller within [****], and the seller
      shall issue formal financial receipt with corresponding
      amount.

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.3

            	
              With
      each set of the contractual equipment arriving at the site, the buyer
      shall pay [****] of such equipment’s price, i.e. RMB [****] Yuan (RMB
      [****] Yuan only), to the seller within [****] upon
      inspection and receipt. And the seller shall issue formal financial
      receipt with corresponding
amount.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 6
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT INDICATED BY “[****]” ARE SUBJECT TO A
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, AND HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT.
COMPLETE, UNREDACTED COPIES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS PART OF THIS COMPANY’S CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST.

     

    
      	
              5.3.4

            	
              Within
      [****] after the completion of the installation and debugging of each set
      of equipment, the buyer shall pay [****] of such equipment’s price, i.e.
      RMB [****] Yuan
      (RMB [****] Yuan Only), to the seller. And the seller shall issue
      formal financial receipt with corresponding
  amount.

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.5

            	
              After
      signing the pre-acceptance certificate for each set of equipment, the
      seller shall issue the VAT invoice with [****] of such equipment’s price,
      i.e. RMB [****]
      Yuan (RMB [****] Yuan Only), to the buyer. And buyer shall pay
      [****] of such equipment’s price, i.e. RMB [****] Yuan (RMB
      [****] Yuan Only), to the seller within
  [****].

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.6

            	
              After
      the [****] quality guarantee period of each set of equipment expires, the
      buyer shall issue the final acceptance certificate of such equipment and
      pay [****] of such equipment’s price, i.e. RMB [****] Yuan (RMB
      [****] Yuan Only), to the seller as quality guarantee deposit
      within [****].

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.7

            	
              In
      case of any issues concerning the compensation or penalty, the two parties
      shall make settlement of them together with the above payment upon
      reaching agreement by consensus.

            

    

    
      	
              5.3.8

            	
              The
      actual payment date of all the payment time shall be subject to the issue
      date of buyer’s bank; if the payment is failed to be made within specific
      period, the buyer shall pay penalty from the specific date according to
      Article 11.11.

            

    

    
      	
              6

            	
              Delivery
      & Transportation

            

    

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              The
      time and order of delivering the contractual equipments shall satisfy the
      requirements for installation progress and order of project construction
      equipments. It shall guarantee the timeliness and completeness of
      equipments (complete set of equipment to the site). See Appendix 7 for
      detailed delivery schedule.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 7
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT INDICATED BY “[****]” ARE SUBJECT TO A
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, AND HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT.
COMPLETE, UNREDACTED COPIES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS PART OF THIS COMPANY’S CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST.

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              Delivery
      means and place of contractual equipments: the delivery means is free on
      truck and the place of delivery is at the buyer’s project
      site.

            

    

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              Generally
      the technical documents are sent by post. After each batch of technical
      documents is mailed, the seller shall notify the buyer of the date of
      posting, mail sheet number, the detailed list of technical documents,
      pieces, weight and the contract number by fax within
    [****].

            

    

    
      	
              6.4

            	
              After
      [****], the ownership is transferred from the seller to the buyer upon
      [****]. Before transfer, the risks for equipment damage or loss shall be
      borne by the seller; after transfer, these risks shall be borne by the
      buyer.

            

    

    
      	
              6.5

            	
              The
      delivery time of contractual equipments regards the [****] as the actual
      delivery date (except in special cases). This date is the basis for the
      calculation of liquidated damages for late delivery of equipments under
      this contract.

            

    

    
      	
              6.6

            	
              The
      seller manufactures the contractual equipments and delivers them upon
      receiving the buyer’s notice of transporting cargoes. After the cargoes
      are ready, within [****] upon departure of transportation vehicles, the
      seller shall notify the following contents to the
  buyer.

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (1)

            	
              Contract
      number;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (2)

            	
              List
      of cargo;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (3)

            	
              Quantities,
      number and price of generating set;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (4)

            	
              Total
      packaging pieces;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (5)

            	
              Volume
      and weight of cargoes;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (6)

            	
              Date
      of dispatch of cargo vehicles;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (7)

            	
              Delivery
      station, vehicle number and freight
note;

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (8)

            	
              Names,
      weight, volume and quantities of each product exceeding 20 tons (including
      20 tons) in weight and 9m×3m×3m in size. Center of gravity and hoisting
      point must be indicated for each piece of such equipment (part) with
      sketches attached;

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (9)

            	
              For
      special products (equipments or substances having special requirement for
      environmental factors such as temperature and vibration and explosive,
      flammable and poisonous substances and other dangerous products), special
      indications must be made for its name, code, quality, special protective
      measures, storage method and accident treatment
  methods;

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 8
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT INDICATED BY “[****]” ARE SUBJECT TO A
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, AND HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT.
COMPLETE, UNREDACTED COPIES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS PART OF THIS COMPANY’S CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST.

    
    

    
      	
              6.8

            	
              Before
      expiration of the quality guarantee period, the damages or potential
      defects of supplied equipments (or parts) due to the seller’s fault or
      neglect, and the spare parts in the buyer’s stock are used to change the
      damaged equipments or parts, the seller shall [****]. Upon receiving of
      the buyer’s notice, the seller shall transport the supplemented parts to
      the designated station/wharf at most within
  [****].

            

    

    
      	
              6.9

            	
              The
      seller shall furnish in batches the technical documents necessary for the
      design, manufacture, construction, commissioning, testing, inspection,
      training, running and maintenance of wind farm, which must be able to
      guarantee the normal operation of contractual equipments. Within [****]
      after the contract becomes effective, the seller shall send the technical
      documents to the buyer by express mail or delivery. Every series of
      technical documents shall contain the detailed
  list.

            

    

    
      	
              6.10

            	
              Technical
      documents shall take the date of mailing indicated by the postmark as the
      delivery date. In case the technical documents are examined by the buyer
      or the buyer’s representative and found missed, lost or damaged not for
      the buyer’s reasons, the seller shall supplement the missed, lost or
      damaged documents at its own cost within [****] upon receiving the buyer’s
      notice (within [****] for those in urgent need). If the missing, loss or
      damage is due to the buyer’s fault, the seller shall supplement the
      missed, lost or damaged documents at the buyer’s cost within [****] upon
      receiving the buyer’s notice (within [****] for those in urgent
      need).

            

    

    
      	
              6.11

            	
              If
      the seller is required to postpone the dispatch of equipments for the
      buyer’s reason
      (when the equipments are manufactured and the payment is made pursuant to
      Clause 5.3.2), the buyer shall notify the seller in written form and bear
      the warehouse fee and if necessary, the maintenance
      cost.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 9
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

      

    
      	
              6.12

            	
              In
      case the late delivery is caused by the buyer’s delay in payment, the
      buyer shall be responsible for it. The follow-up deliveries will be
      postponed accordingly.

            

    

    
      	
              7

            	
              Packing
      and Mark

            

    

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              All
      the goods delivered by the seller shall comply with provisions in the
      national standard concerning packing, storage
      instruction mark and firm packages applicable to long-distance transport,
      repetitious moving, loading and unloading specified by the goods carriage
      acceptance department. The packing shall be in good condition during the
      transportation and loading & unloading; and measures for vibration
      reduction and impact resistance shall be taken. If the packing can not
      prevent the equipment from damage for the vertical or horizontal
      acceleration during the transportation and loading & unloading, the
      seller shall solve such problem from the aspect of design structure of the
      equipment. According to the features of equipment, some measures shall be
      taken on the packing to protect the equipment from moisture, rust,
      corrosion and damage. In case of cold winter, freeze-proof shall be taken
      into account for the motor, so as to ensure the goods to arrive at the
      installation site of contractual equipment without any damage and
      corrosion. Before the packing, the sell is liable for inspecting the
      equipment as per unit without any foreign matters, and ensures the
      completeness of the spare parts.

            

    

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              The
      seller shall clearly mark component No. and part No. in the installation
      daring for each bulked parts and components within the packing box. The
      mark shall be easy to be identified and not easy to be lost or to be
      erased by accident.

            

    

    
      	
              7.3

            	
              The
      seller shall print the following marks at the four neighboring sides of
      each packing box in Chinese characters with striking unfading
      paint.

            

    

    a)        Contract
No.;

    
      
         

      

      
        - 10
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    b)        Destination
station / wharf;

    c)        Names
of supply, receiving units and consignee;

    d)        Name
of equipment, set No. and drawing No.;

    e)        Box
No. / Piece No.;

    f)         Gross
weight/net weight (kg);

    g)        Volume
(length × width × height, expressed with mm).

    For goods
with or exceeding two tons, the side of the packing box shall be indicated with
center of gravity and hoisting point with common mark and pattern for the
convenience of loading, unloading and transport. According to the
characteristics of the goods and the different requirements in transportation,
packages shall be marked legibly with words “Handle with Care”, “Right Side Up”,
”Keep Dry”, etc.

    
      	
              7.4

            	
              For
      nude packed goods, the above mentioned relevant contents shall be
      indicated with metal label or directly on the equipment. Large goods shall
      be equipped with sufficient support or packing
  cushions.

            

    

    
      	
              7.5

            	
              Within
      each packing box, detailed packing list for names of sub-items, quantity,
      price and set No. and drawing No., quality qualification certificate and
      relevant technical document of equipment shall be attached. There shall be
      one copy of ex-work quality certificate and technical instruction for
      product respectively in the packing box of the purchased parts. Another
      two copies of the above packing list shall be sent by
  mail.

            

    

    
      	
              7.6

            	
              The
      mandatory spare parts shall be separately packed with each set of
      equipment and make such package with one-off
  delivery.

            

    

    
      	
              7.7

            	
              Spear
      parts and special tools shall be separately packed and marked the above
      contents as per Sub-clause 7.3 as well as words of “Spare Parts” or
      “Tools”.

            

    

    
      	
              7.8

            	
              Bulked
      parts for all equipment shall adopt good packing method and put into
      suitable box, and send out within one vehicle if possible, so as to reduce
      the transportation cost.

            

    

    
      	
              7.9

            	
              Latticed
      box and/or similar packages shall be capable of containing equipments and
      spare parts that may not be stolen or damaged by other substances or
      rain.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 11
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              7.10

            	
              All
      ports of all pipes, pipe fittings, valves and other equipments must be
      protected with covers or otherwise properly
  protected.

            

    

    
      	
              7.11

            	
              The
      seller and/or other sub-contract shall not indicate any two boxes with one
      box No..

            

    

    
      	
              7.12

            	
              For
      goods with bright and cleaning process surface in need of accurate
      assembly, the process surface shall be protected with fine and durable
      layer (no paint is allowed) to prevent the occurrence of rust corrosion or
      damages before installation.

            

    

    
      	
              7.13

            	
              The
      seller shall use packages applicable for long-distance, repetitious
      moving, rain prevention and humidity prevention for the technical
      materials delivered. The cover of each technical material package shall
      indicate the following contents:

            

    

    1)        Contract
No.;

    2)        Names
of supply and receiving units;

    3)        Destination
station;

    4)        Gross
weight;

    5)        Box
No. / Piece No..

    Within
each material package, one original and two duplicate copies of a detailed list
of technical documents indicating technical materials’ sequence No., Document
Item No., Name and pages shall be attached.

    
      	
              7.14

            	
              Where
      the good are damaged or lost because of the bad packing or keeping of the
      seller, anytime or anywhere, once validated, the seller shall be
      responsible for timely repairing, replacement or compensation according to
      Chapter 10 of this contract. When the goods are damaged or lost during the
      transport, the seller is responsible for negotiate with insurance company
      and transport-undertaking department, and at the same time shall
      supplement the goods as soon as possible to the buyer to meet the demand
      of construction period.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 12
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              7.15

            	
              The
      seller shall specially mark the package, packing set, transportation
      fixing frame for multiple and special use. The seller shall collect them
      after the completion of use, upon the arriving and checking of the
      components (the expenses shall be borne by the seller), and the buyer is
      under the obligation to offer necessary
  assistance.

            

    

    
      	
              7.16

            	
              Within
      5 working days of the transportation of the equipment, the seller
      shall notify the storage and transportation method to buyer by fax, and
      the buyer shall handle the equipment according to the instructions as
      strictly as possibly. In case of any damage to the contractual equipment
      attributed by buyer’s improper preservation, the buyer shall bear the
      responsibility.

            

    

    
      	
              8

            	
              Technical
      Service and Liaison

            

    

    
      	
              8.1

            	
              The
      seller shall timely provide such all-through services as relevant
      technical instructions, technical cooperation and technical trainings for
      the engineering design, equipment construction supervision, inspection,
      earthwork, installation, debugging, acceptance,
      performance acceptance test, running and maintenance related to the
      contractual equipments supplied by the seller. Submission of the plan
      shall be executed as per the Appendix
7.

            

    

    
      	
              8.2

            	
              The
      seller shall send representatives to the site to provide technical service
      and instruct the buyer through the process of, construction, installation,
      debugging and trial run according to the technical materials from the
      seller. And the seller shall also be liable for solving any problem
      concerning manufacture quality and performance that arises during
      installation, debugging and trial
run.

            

    

    
      	
              8.3

            	
              Both
      parties shall determine the times, time and place of the technical liaison
      meeting within 30 days after the effective date of the
      contract.

            

    

    
      	
              8.4

            	
              In
      case of big problems that call for the immediate negotiation of both
      parties, either of the two parties can propose a meeting and generally the
      other party shall agree to attend the
meeting.

            

    

    
      	
              8.5

            	
              As
      to each meeting and other types of liaison, the meeting or liaison minute
      shall be signed and enforced by both parties. In case the contract terms
      and conditions are to be amended, it shall be approved by the legal
      representative or the authorized person of both parties and the amended
      version shall prevail.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 13
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              8.6

            	
              In
      case the seller is to amend the scheme for installation, debugging,
      running and technical service proposed by the seller and confirmed by both
      parties at the meeting, the seller shall inform the buyer in written form
      for confirmation. In order to meet the requirements of site conditions,
      the buyer has the right to suggest alteration or amendment and shall
      inform the seller in written form. The seller shall take full
      consideration and meet the requirements of the buyer as possibly as it
      can.

            

    

    
      	
              8.7

            	
              Either
      party has the right to distribute the materials related to the contractual
      equipments provided by the other party to all parties involved in the
      project, and no forms of tort thus arises. However, in no circumstances
      shall the materials be provided to the third party who is not involved in
      the project.

            

    

    
      	
              8.8

            	
              As
      to the materials of the seller and the buyer which are sealed with
      “CONFIDENTIAL”, both parties undertake the confidentiality liabilities and
      obligations.

            

    

    
      	
              8.9

            	
              In
      case the seller’s sub-contractor needs part of the technical service
      related to the contractual equipments or works in the site, it shall be
      organized by the seller and approved by the buyer. All the expenses shall
      be borne by the seller itself.

            

    

    
      	
              8.10

            	
              The
      seller (including subcontracting and outsourcing) shall undertake the full
      liability for supply, equipment, technical interface and technical service
      involved in the contract and confirmed by the
  seller.

            

    

    
      	
              8.11

            	
              As
      to other equipments connected with the contractual equipments, the seller
      is under the obligation to provide interface and technical cooperation and
      the expense incurred which is not included in the contract price shall be
      borne by the buyer.

            

    

    
      	
              9

            	
              Manufacture,
      Quality Control and Inspection

            

    

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              Manufacture

            

    

    
      	
              9.1.1

            	
              Seller’s
      manufacture, assembly and debugging of the contractual equipment shall be
      strictly in accordance with the design drawing, technical standard and
      process requirements.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 14
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              9.1.2

            	
              The
      raw material, parts and auxiliary equipment, outsourcing processing piece
      purchased by the seller for the contractual equipment shall get through
      the acceptance in accordance with the drawing, technical requirements and
      corresponding standards before putting it into
  operation.

            

    

    
      	
              9.1.3

            	
              During
      his manufacture of the contractual equipment, the seller shall make
      detailed records on the process flow strictly according to the process
      requirements.

            

    

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              Quality
      control

            

    

    
      	
              9.2.1

            	
              Seller
      shall carry out all-through quality control on the manufacture of the
      contractual equipment strictly according to ISO9001 Quality Management
      System.

            

    

    
      	
              9.2.2

            	
              Seller
      shall, in accordance with the quality requirements of the contractual
      equipment, following the process flow, compile the quality control point,
      quality control outline and quality control recording form during the
      production, to make the production quality control meet the quality
      function of the products.

            

    

    
      	
              9.2.3

            	
              Seller
      shall, on the basis of the contractual equipment quality control outline
      and in accordance with the quality index of all quality control points,
      carefully fill the quality control recording form, to make it serve as the
      basis for judging the qualification of the
  products.

            

    

    
      	
              9.2.4

            	
              With
      the completion of factory manufacture of the contractual equipment, as
      well as the installation, debugging and acceptance of the wind farm fan,
      the seller shall conduct all-round tracking management on the quality
      condition, timely feed back quality information and take active measures
      on correction and precaution.

            

    

    9.3           Inspection

    
      	
              9.3.1

            	
              The
      raw material, parts and auxiliary equipment, outsourcing processing piece
      purchased for the contractual equipment shall get through strict
      inspection; their performance, dimension and other technical indexes shall
      fully meet the design
requirements.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 15
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              9.3.2

            	
              During
      the assembly of the contractual equipment, inspection shall be strictly
      carried out in accordance with the process requirement. With the
      completion of the assembly, item-by-item inspection shall be carried out
      in accordance with the factory’s debugging outline, and only the qualified
      equipment can leave the factory.

            

    

    
      	
              9.3.3

            	
              After
      receiving buyer’s delivery notice, the seller shall transport the
      contractual equipment to the buyer’s designated place. Then sell’s
      personnel shall hand over the equipment to the buyer’s personnel and take
      photo for filing, as well as sign the equipment transfer sheet which shall
      be kept with due care by the buyer.

            

    

    
      	
              9.3.4

            	
              After
      the erection of the contractual equipment on site is completed, sell’s
      personnel shall carry out debugging on the equipment according to the site
      debugging outline, make detailed inspection records, issue the test report
      and sign pre-acceptance
certificate.

            

    

    
      	
              9.4

            	
              Buyer
      shall be entitled to make quality supervision on the whole process of
      the  manufacture, installation and debugging of the contractual
      equipment without any impact on sell’s normal production in general; be
      entitled to get acquaintance, review and copy the examination & test
      report and result, as well as provide convenience to the working and
      living.

            

    

    
      	
              10

            	
              Installation,
      Debugging, Trial Run, Acceptance and After-sale
  Service

            

    

    
      	
              10.1

            	
              The
      buyer shall implement the installation, running and maintenance in
      accordance with the technical materials, inspection standards and
      specifications provided by the seller. And the seller shall dispatch
      personnel to participate in if
necessary.

            

    

    
      	
              10.2

            	
              When
      the buyer’s project site is well prepared for installation, he shall
      notify the seller’s personnel to participate in
  writing.

            

    

    
      	
              10.3

            	
              Before
      the installation of the contractual equipment, seller’s and buyer’s
      personnel shall make confirmation on installation method and requirements,
      as well as participate in the all-through installation. Besides, they
      shall jointly carry out necessary inspection to the installation quality
      and sign the installation completion
document.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 16
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              10.4

            	
              After
      the installation of the contractual equipment is finished, the seller
      shall dispatch personnel to carry out debugging and trial run for the set.
      Seller shall be responsible for the debugging of the single machine system
      and buyer shall be responsible for the debugging of the wind farm system.
      Seller shall solve equipment problems during the debugging as soon as
      possible. The time needed for solving equipment problems shall not exceed
      2 month; otherwise it will be treated as delaying construction period if
      the time delay is attributed to the
seller.

            

    

    
      	
              10.5

            	
              Acceptance
      test shall be conducted after the debugging of all the sets is completed,
      and the sets run safely, consecutively and stably for 500 hours without
      fault. The buyer is responsible for this acceptance test and the seller
      participates. After the performance acceptance test is completed, the
      buyer shall sign the contractual equipment performance pre-acceptance
      certificate with the seller within 10 days. If the contractual equipment
      can not reach one or several indexes specified in Appendix 1, it is
      treated according to Article 10.6 and
11.7.

            

    

    
      	
              10.6

            	
              If
      the first performance acceptance test can not reach one or several
      performance guarantee values specified in Appendix 1, both parties shall
      analyze the reasons together and clarify liabilities which shall be born
      by the responsible party for taking measures, and conduct the second
      acceptance test within 3 months after the completion of the first
      acceptance test.

            

    

    
      	
              10.7

            	
              After
      the second performance acceptance test, if there are still one or several
      indexes that can not reach the performance guarantee values specified in
      technical specification of this contract, both parties shall study and
      analyze reasons together and clarify liabilities: if it is attributed to
      the seller, Article 11.7 of the contract shall be executed; if it is not
      attributed to the seller, this contractual equipment should be considered
      as passing the performance acceptance, and within 10 days thereafter, the
      representative of the buyer will sign the performance acceptance
      certificate of this contractual equipment together with the representative
      of the seller. But the seller is still obligatory to take measures with
      the buyer to make the performance of the contractual equipments to reach
      the guarantee value.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 17
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              10.8

            	
              After
      12 months from the arriving date of the contractual equipment, if the
      trial run installation, debugging and performance acceptance test of the
      contractual equipment can not be carried out attributed to the buyer, it
      shall be regarded as passing the final acceptance, and within 10 days
      hereafter, the buyer shall sign the final acceptance certificate together
      with the seller. After 24 months, it shall be regarded as passing the
      final acceptance, and within 10 days hereafter, the buyer shall sign the
      final acceptance certificate together with the
  seller.

            

    

    
      	
              10.9

            	
              360
      hours after the stable running without any fault of the contractual
      equipment, if the delaying period of the performance acceptance test
      caused by the buyer exceeds 5 days, within 10 days thereafter, the buyer
      shall sign the performance acceptance certificate of the contractual
      equipment together with the seller.

            

    

    
      	
              10.10

            	
              Whether
      the performance acceptance test of the contractual equipment is made once
      or twice, the buyer shall be handed over to the buyer for running and
      management, as well as necessary maintenance as required from the issue
      date of the preliminary acceptance certificate. The buyer shall issue the
      final acceptance certificate within 5 days after 24 months from the issue
      date of the pre-acceptance
certificate.

            

    

    
      	
              10.11

            	
              After
      the circumstance in Article 10.8 occurs, the seller shall assist the buyer
      to conduct the equipment’s installation, debugging and first performance
      acceptance test as required in the contract. If the second performance
      acceptance test is required, buyer shall pay expense to seller as
      calculated according to Article
10.12.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 18
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              10.12

            	
              Anytime
      during the process of executing the contract, for the request of the
      seller on checking testing, retesting, repairing or replacing work out of
      the need of the seller’s responsibilities, the buyer shall make
      arrangement to cooperate with the above mentioned work. The seller shall
      bear fees for repairing, replacement or labors. If the seller entrusts
      constructor of the buyer to process and/or repair and replace equipment,
      or there is re-work caused by the error of the design drawings of the
      seller, instruction errors of the seller, the seller shall pay fees to the
      buyer according to the following formula: (all the fees are calculated
      according to the rate at the time when the fees happen). Similarly, if the
      seller shall carry out the above work additionally attributed to the
      buyer, the buyer shall bear the corresponding
  expense.

            

    

    The
expense calculation formula is as follows:

    P=ah+M+cm

    
      	
               
      

            	
              Among
      which: P – total fees (Yuan)

            

    

    a – labor
fee (Yuan/hour ·
person)

    h –
person time (hour · person)

    M –
material fee (Yuan)

    C – set
& shift number (set · shift)

    M – set
& shift fee for each equipment (Yuan/set · shift)

    
      	
              10.13

            	
              Seller
      shall agree that after the final acceptance of each set of equipment is
      completed, he shall continue to provide the seller with spare parts to
      maintain the contractual equipment’s normal running. If the seller intends
      to stop providing or can not provide some of the spare parts, the seller
      is liable for notify the buyer in advance, so that the buyer shall get
      sufficient time to seek for appropriate suppliers for the spare parts
      needed. Besides, the seller shall also provide the drawing, technical
      specification and any other necessary
  assistance.

            

    

    
      	
              10.14

            	
              After
      the pre-acceptance of each set of equipment is completed, when the buyer
      carries out the shutdown inspection and repair, the seller is liable for
      dispatching technician to participate in such inspection upon buyer’s
      requirements at any time.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 19
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              11.

            	
              Guarantee
      and Claims

            

    

    
      	
              11.1

            	
              The
      quality guarantee term of the contractual equipment supplied by the seller
      shall be two years from the issuance of the pre-acceptance certificate of
      each set of equipment. When the quality guarantee of equipment expires,
      the two parties shall sign the final acceptance certificate in 3 originals
      and 3 copies respectively within 10 days. The seller shall not be liable
      for the loss for abnormal maintenance and improper operation, as well as
      the normal wear. If there is no special reason, where the final acceptance
      certificate fails to be signed, it shall be deemed that both parties
      approve the final acceptance.

            

    

    
      	
              11.2

            	
              The
      Seller shall guarantee that the supplied contractual equipments is
      completely new with advanced and mature technology and fine quality, and
      the model selection of the equipment conforms to the requirements of
      safety, reliability, economic operation and easy
    maintenance.

            

    

    
      	
              11.3

            	
              The
      Seller shall guarantee that the technical data delivered according to the
      provisions in the Technical Specification of the Contract is complete,
      uniform, correct and accurate in contents and can meet the design,
      installation, debugging, operation and maintenance requirements of the
      contractual equipments.

            

    

    
      	
              11.4

            	
              During
      the Contract execution period, if the equipment supplied by the Seller is
      defective and the technical data is erroneous, or rework or rejection is
      caused due to the wrong direction and negligence of the technical
      personnel of the Seller, the Seller shall immediately replace and repair
      for free. If replacement is necessary, the Seller shall bear all the
      expenses incurred for replacement at the installation
  site.

            

    

    
      	
              11.5

            	
              The
      equipment damaged because the Buyer is not constructed, installed and
      debugged according to the technical data, the drawing and the instruction
      manual provided by the Seller and the guidance of the onsite technical
      service personnel of the Seller shall be repaired and replaced by the
      Buyer, but the Seller shall liable for supplying the parts for replacement
      as soon as possible, and shall transport the emergency parts required by
      the Buyer in a fastest way. All costs shall be borne by the
      Buyer.

            

    

    
      	
              11.6

            	
              Both
      parties shall, within 30 days after receiving claim application, give
      written reply; otherwise such application shall been deemed to be
      accepted.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 20
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              11.7

            	
              Where
      the equipment can not reach guarantee values within guarantee period as
      defined in technical specifications due to the reason of the Seller, the
      Buyer shall have the right to claim compensation. The Seller shall, within
      one month after receiving written notice thereof, take possible measures.
      If the power is lower than expected value by 1%, as specified in Annex 9
      Power Curve, liquidated damages shall be 1% of the price of each set of
      equipment; if the availability of single machine is lower than expected
      value by 1%, liquidated damages shall be 1% of the price of single
      machine; provided that total final amount of liquidated damages shall not
      exceed 5% of total contract price. After the Seller pays liquidated
      damages, it shall also be obliged to provide the Buyer with technical
      assistance and take possible measures to enable the equipment to reach
      performance indicators.

            

    

    
      	
              11.8

            	
              Where
      rather serious defects caused due to the Seller are found in the Contract
      Plant within guarantee period, namely, five major parts (except blade,
      gear box, generator, yaw control system, electric control system and tower
      pier) need to be replaced, guarantee period of these parts shall be
      extended accordingly after
replaced.

            

    

    
      	
              11.9

            	
              Where
      the Contract Plant can not be delivered within the period of delivery as
      defined in this Contract due to the reason of the Seller (except force
      majeure events), the Buyer shall have the right to recover liquidated
      damages from the Seller in proportion as
  follows:

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              A.

            	
              In
      case of delay by 1~4 weeks: 0.2% of the amount of the part whose delivery
      is delayed each week;

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              B.

            	
              In
      case of delay by 5~8 weeks: 0.3% of the amount of the part whose delivery
      is delayed each week;

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              C.

            	
              In
      case of delay by over 8 weeks: 0.5% of the amount of the part whose
      delivery is delayed each week;

            

    

    If the
delivery is delayed within one week, the Buyer shall be not entitled to the
claim. Total amount of liquidated damages for delayed delivery of the Contract
Plant shall not exceed 5% of total price of the Contract Plant. The payment of
liquidated damages shall not relieve the Seller of the responsibility of
continuing fulfilling its obligations and providing guarantee within guarantee
period.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 21
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              11.10

            	
              If
      the delivery is delayed due to the reasons of the Buyer like civil works,
      machinery and electricity, causing raised expenses to the Seller, the
      Seller may claim compensation from the Buyer. The compensations include
      labor costs, travel expenses, inventory fees, maintenance costs and other
      expenses incurred accordingly. The time of installation, commissioning and
      acceptance shall be postponed
accordingly.

            

    

    
      	
              11.11

            	
              Where
      the Buyer fails to pay to the Seller advance payment, progress payment and
      final payment within the time as defined in this Contract (time of payment
      shall be the time the Seller receives the payment), the time of delivery,
      installation, commissioning or acceptance shall be accordingly postponed,
      and the Buyer shall pay to liquidated damages in proportion as
      follows:

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              A

            	
              In
      case of delay by 1~4 weeks: 3‰ of the amount whose payment is delayed each
      week;

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              B

            	
              In
      case of delay by 4~12 weeks: 4‰ of the amount whose payment is delayed
      each week;

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              C

            	
              In
      case of delay by over 12 weeks: 5‰ of the amount whose payment is delayed
      each week.

            

    

    
      	
              12

            	
              Insurance

            

    

    
      	
              12.1

            	
              The
      Seller shall, according to the means of transportation, purchase from the
      insurance company all transport risks insurance of 100% price of the
      Contract Plant shipped for the same in favor of the Seller, and insurance
      distance covers from the Seller’s factory to the Buyer’s site vehicles on
      which the delivery occurs (excluding
unloading).

            

    

    
      	
              12.2

            	
              The
      Seller shall purchase all risks insurance for the workers on site
      appointed by the Seller.

            

    

    
      	
              13

            	
              Tax
      and fee

            

    

    
      	
              13.1

            	
              Seller
      will pay all the taxes and fees rated to this contract in accordance with
      applicable national tax laws, codes and
  regulations.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 22
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              13.2

            	
              The
      prices contained in this contract are tax included. Taxes and fees for
      equipment, technical documents, service (including transportation) and
      imported equipment/parts are all included in the contract prices and will
      be paid by the seller.

            

    

    
      	
              14

            	
              Sub-contracting
      & Outsourcing

            

    

    
      	
              14.1

            	
              Without
      written consent from the other party, either party shall not transfer part
      or all of its rights or obligations under this Contract to any other
      party.

            

    

    
      	
              14.2

            	
              Without
      consent from the Buyer, five major parts of Wind Turbine Generator System
      shall not be sub-contracted; if such sub-contracting is required, the
      Seller shall obtain consent from the Buyer in connection with
      sub-contracting contents and
proportion.

            

    

    
      	
              14.3

            	
              Technical
      services and technical assistance as to out-sourced materials, parts and
      devices shall be supplied as per Article 8.9, Article 8.10 and Article
      8.11 hereto.

            

    

    
      	
              14.4

            	
              The
      Seller shall take all responsibilities under this Contract in connection
      with all outsourced materials, parts and
  devices.

            

    

    
      	
              14.5

            	
              The
      Seller shall, at its absolute discretion, purchase the materials, parts
      and devices meeting the requirements of technical performance and quality
      of the Contract Plant.

            

    

    
      	
              14.6

            	
              The
      Buyer shall have the right to carry out technical survey of production
      capacity and quality status of the Seller’s suppliers. The Seller shall
      render relevant assistance.

            

    

    
      	
              15

            	
              Change,
      modification and termination of
contract

            

    

    
      	
              15.1

            	
              Once
      contract becomes effective, neither party is allowed to make unilateral
      and arbitrary modification to the contract (including appendixes).
      However, in general, either party can propose suggestions to the change,
      modification, cancellation or supplement of the contractual content in
      written form which shall be confirmed by both parties’ signatures. In case
      such modification changes the contract price and/or delivery progress, the
      other party shall propose the detailed description affecting the price
      and/or delivery schedule within 7 days upon receiving the foresaid
      modification notice. Such modification shall come to effect upon the
      approval of both parties and signatures of legal representatives or
      authorized agents of both
parties.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 23
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              15.2

            	
              In
      case either party has violation or refuses to perform the contract, the
      other party will notify such party in writing. Such party shall make
      corrections to such violations or refusal within 15 days after receiving
      the notice and confirming with no error. If the corrections cannot be
      carried out within 15 days, correction plan shall be proposed. If the
      corrections fail or correction plan cannot be proposed, the other party
      shall reserve the rights to suspense the partial or full contract. For
      such suspension, the other party will not issue further change order. All
      the costs, loss and claims incurred shall be borne by the breaching party.
      If there are other articles available with regards to such violation, such
      articles will apply.

            

    

    
      	
              15.3

            	
              During
      term of contract, if the contract cannot be further performed due to
      change to national planning, seller and/or buyer can propose to the other
      party to suspense the execution of the contract or modify the affected
      clauses. The relevant matters shall be settled by both parties through
      negotiation.

            

    

    
      	
              15.4

            	
              If
      returned goods are requested by buyer during term of the contract, buyer
      will pay penalty to seller. Such penalty will be 10% of the amount for
      returned equipment. Also losses caused to seller will be paid to
      seller.

            

    

    
      	
              15.5

            	
              If
      the equipment cannot be delivered due to fault on seller side, seller will
      pay penalty to buyer. Such penalty will be 10% of the amount for equipment
      cannot be delivered. Also economic losses caused to buyer will be paid to
      buyer.

            

    

    
      	
              15.6

            	
              If
      the contact comes to termination because of the force majeure, the seller
      shall keep all the documents, data, equipment and materials related to the
      contract with due care before the buyer takes them, and the expenses shall
      be borne by the buyer. If the contract is partially terminated, the part
      remained shall continue to be executed without any
    influence.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 24
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              16.

            	
              Force
      Majeure

            

    

    
      	
              16.1

            	
              Force
      Majeure means that when signing the contract, the incidents unforeseeable,
      unavoidable, and unsolvable, including but not limited to severe natural
      disaster or calamity (such as typhoon, flood, earthquake, fire or
      explosion etc.), war (no matter declared or not), rebellion, commotion
      etc. If either party’s execution of the contract is influenced by the
      force majeure, then the delay term of the fulfillment of the contact
      obligations shall be equal to the duration of force majeure; however, the
      price of the contract can not be adjusted due to delay caused by force
      majeure.

            

    

    
      	
              16.2

            	
              The
      party influenced by force majeure should notify by fax about the detail of
      force majeure to the other party after happening of force majeure, and
      within 15 days deliver the proving documents issued by the authority to
      the other party for review and confirmation, the party influenced should
      try his best to reduce the influence and the delay caused, once the
      influence of force majeure is finished, he should promptly notify the
      other party.

            

    

    
      	
              16.3

            	
              If
      both party estimate that the influence of force majeure might be prolonged
      to over 120 days, each party should solve the execution problem of this
      contract through friendly negotiation (including delivery, installation,
      debugging and acceptance, etc.).

            

    

    
      	
              17

            	
              Settlement
      of Contract Disputes

            

    

    
      	
              17.1

            	
              Any
      and all disputes arising from or in connection with this contract shall be
      settled by both parties through friendly negotiation; if no agreement can
      be reached, such disputes shall be referred to high managements of both
      parties for mediation; if it fails, both parties agree that either party
      may submit such disputes to the Arbitration Committee as provided for
      herein for arbitration and the arbitration shall be binding on both
      parties.

            

    

    
      	
              17.2

            	
              Unless
      otherwise agreed by both parties, in the course of arbitration, the
      Contract shall be continuously executed except the part which is under
      arbitration.

            

    

    
      	
              17.3

            	
              The
      place of arbitration shall be
Wuhan.

            

    

    
      	
              17.4

            	
              The
      arbitration institute shall be Wuhan Arbitration
  Committee.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 25
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              18

            	
              Effectiveness
      of the Contract and Effective Term

            

    

    
      	
              18.1

            	
              The
      contract shall come into effect upon the signatures of the legal
      representatives and authorized representatives (written power of attorney
      by the legal representative is required) of both parties as well as the
      official seal.

            

    

    
      	
              18.2

            	
              The
      contract shall initiate after the seller receives buyer’s advance payment
      as stipulated in Sub-clause 5.3.1 hereunder. If the seller does not
      receive such payment within 3 months after the effectiveness of the
      contract, the contract shall terminate
  automatically.

            

    

    
      	
              18.3

            	
              Effective
      term of the contract: The effective term will start from the effective
      date of the contract till the issuance of “Final Acceptance Certificate”,
      completion of the compensation, goods delivery and goods
      payment.

            

    

    
      	
              19

            	
              Miscellaneous

            

    

    
      	
              19.1

            	
              This
      contract shall be subject to the Law of the People’s Republic of
      China.

            

    

    
      	
              19.2

            	
              The
      appendixes of the contract are integral parts of the contract, which bear
      equal legal effect.

            

    

    
      	
              19.3

            	
              Except
      for the purpose of contract performance, the documents and files provided
      by both parties to each other under this contract shall not be provided to
      any third party which is not involved in “contractual equipments” and
      related projects.

            

    

    
      	
              19.4

            	
              Without
      prior permission of the other party, either party shall not transfer or
      assign to any third party part or whole of rights or obligations under
      this contract.

            

    

    
      	
              19.5

            	
              The
      Seller shall guarantee that the use by the Buyer of contractual
      equipments, services and files for the purpose as provided for herein or
      any part hereof is free from any infringement claim raised by a third
      party as to patent, trademark or industrial design right. If any
      infringement claim from a third party arises, the Buyer shall give prompt
      notice to the Seller within 7 days, and the Seller shall be responsible
      for negotiating with the third party and shall indemnify and protect the
      Buyer from any damages caused by the third party’s claim in terms of legal
      and economic liabilities.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 26
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      	
              19.6

            	
              Where
      any and all correspondences, notices or requirements put forward by either
      party to the other party are formally written and transmitted by hand or
      delivered by registered letter, express, telegram or fax to the address of
      the other party as specified hereinafter, they shall be deemed to have
      been formally received by the other
party.

            

    

    
      	
              19.7

            	
              This
      contract is written in Chinese, and all documents like communication
      documents, technical documentations, specifications, minutes and letters
      arising during contract performance shall be written in Chinese. And the
      Chinese version shall prevail.

            

    

    
      	
              19.8

            	
              This
      contract is executed in two originals and four copies; the Buyer keeps one
      original and two copies, and the Seller holds one original and two
      copies.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 27
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            	 
      	 
      	
                                    Buyer

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                    Seller

                                  
	
                                    Name

                                  	 
      	
                                    Shenzhen
      Guohan 

                                    Investment
      (Group) Co., Ltd.

                                  	 
      	
                                    Name

                                  	 
      	
                                    Wuhan
      Guoce Nordic New Energy 

                                    Co.,
      Ltd.

                                  
	
                                    Address

                                  	 
      	
                                    Floor
      12, Shangtian 

                                    Building,
      Nanyuan Road, 

                                    Futian
      District, Shenzhen 

                                    City

                                  	 
      	
                                    Address

                                  	 
      	
                                    No.
      86, Nanhu Avenue, East Lake 

                                    Development
      Zone, Wuhan City

                                  
	
                                    Postcode

                                  	 
      	
                                    518031

                                  	 
      	
                                    Postcode

                                  	 
      	
                                    430205

                                  
	
                                    Contact

                                  	 
      	
                                    Zhao
      Jiyun

                                  	 
      	
                                    Contact

                                  	 
      	
                                    Hu
      Zhenglong

                                  
	
                                    Tel

                                  	 
      	
                                    075561359555

                                  	 
      	
                                    Tel

                                  	 
      	
                                    02787985085

                                  
	
                                    Fax

                                  	 
      	
                                    075561682620

                                  	 
      	
                                    Fax

                                  	 
      	
                                    02787985097

                                  
	
                                    E-mail

                                  	 
      	
                                    liuhz7776@163.com

                                  	 
      	
                                    E-mail

                                  	 
      	
                                    market@gc-nordic.com

                                  
	
                                    Bank
      of deposit

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                    Bank
      of deposit

                                  	 
      	 
      
	
                                    Account
      No.

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                    Account
      No.

                                  	 
      	 
      
	
                                    Taxpayer's
      Registration No.

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                    Taxpayer's
      Registration No.

                                  	 
      	 
      
	
                                    Signatures:

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                    Signatures:

                                  	 
      	
                                    Wuhan
      Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd. (sealed)

                                  
	
                                    Signatory:

                                  	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                                    Signatory:

                                  	 
      	 
      
	
                                    Date

                                  	
                                      

                                  	 
      	
                                      

                                  	
                                    Date

                                  	
                                      

                                  	 
      

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 1
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
1:Description
on composing and technical performance of contract equipment

     

    1. Spec.
& model

     

    Guoce
Nordic GCN1000 system is grid connection Wind Turbine Generator System. Its
rating power is 1.0MW, consists of horizontal axis, double blades, drum-type
tower with upwind. Its service life of design is 20 years.

     

    2. Technology
description

     

    Design
aims of GCN1000 is translating wind energy into electric energy adopting wind
turbines of structure much lighter and simple than the traditional design. In
this way it can compete with other wind turbines and energy source.

     

    Material
quantity used for wind generator should be direct proportion with the load born
by the wind generator, thus the material utilization quantity must be the least.
Fatigue loading during the normal operation is mainly limited by design of
blade, wheel hub and yawing system.

     

    Main
function of yawing system is to make the blower fan towards the correct wind
direction. Simultaneously, provide flexible damp connection for nacelle and
turbine tower. Flexible and good damp design eliminates vibration accumulation
caused by any load in the structure. At the same time, characteristics of the
selected generator enables the possibility of reducing vibration generated by
driving torsional moment; otherwise, the driving torsional moment will generate
strong vibration under the impact of turbulent flow and shear wind.

     

    When the
Wind Turbine Generator System stops in the maximum wind speed, blower fan design
must consider the ultimate load, ultimate load keeps a direct proportion with
the exposed area in the wind. Two blades design under this environment has the
least exposed area in the wind. According to the calculation of static state
load, the load of blower fan under other situation is the same as the above: for
example, over run in case of electric grid failure, fast change of wind
direction and etc.

     

    The Wind
Turbine Generator System belongs to slender design. Blade, turbine tower and
other parts are easy to generate vibration. In order to maintain low load,
calculating carefully the characteristic frequency of all parts and aforesaid
attenuation yawing system and generator vibration are very necessary. For the
purpose of better dynamic characteristic of wind generator, the complicated
service condition of the entire wind generator will need a large amount of
computer calculation and simulation.

     

    The fixed
pitch speed loss type power regulation and control under high wind speed is an
important character to realize simple design. Other important simple design will
be realized through the integration of yawing system (this system
doesn’t need very expensive yawing brake device commonly used in other large
wind generator) and principal axis gear-box.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 2
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Chassis
design provides a compact structure for blower fan, round section steel chassis
connects with the gear casing with flange.

     

    All the
above-mentioned characters enable total weight of blower fan with double blades
oscillation axis design 25% less than other wind generator with the same
power.

     

    Det
Norske Veritas has authenticated the desi.

     

    Blades

     

    Blades
are made of fibre glass reinforced resin. Bolt to the wheel hub through steel
strap crimp connection to the blade root. Paint the external plastic resin layer
of blade into grey and polish, and reduce air resistance.

     

    Blade tip
can be rotated through internal device, and stop the blower fan operation if
necessary. Prevent the deflexion of blade tip through hydraulic pressure column
of wheel axle under normal operation. The blade tip rotation can become spoiler
through releasing the pressure of hydraulic cylinder if necessary.

     

    Blade
lightning protection is designed according to standards of IEC 61400-24 Ed
1.

     

    Wheel
hub

     

    Design of
wheel hub is compact with lighter weight, and distance from principal axis of
gear-box to the center of wheel hub is short. Wheel hub is made of nodular cast
iron. The so-called rocker design reduces the fatigue load of the entire wind
generator.

     

    Hydraulic
pressure component in the wheel hub can control the blade tip, which can be
overhauled through the manhole on the wheel axle. Power is supplied through slip
ring. Elliptical hole on the blade flange can adjust the blade angle of attack.
When maintenance is required, wheel hub can be locked.

     

    Gear-box

     

    Planet
gear-box will increase low rotating speed of impeller to high rotating speed
suitable for the generator operation. Gear-box includes also principal bearing,
which makes the wind generator very compact. Gear-box flange is connected to the
chassis composed with pipes. Adopt splash lubrication and realize heat emission
by connecting radiator of generator with liquid heat emission circulation.
Temperature sensor indicates oil temperature and closes the wind generator when
oil temperature is too high. Sensor measures oil tank temperature and fast
bearing temperature. Two system of heating devices installed on the oil tank
area in order to preheat lubricant in cold weather.

     

    High-speed
shaft and machinery brake

     

    Counter
shaft is connected with brake disc and two flexible brake sheets. Two brake
sheets adopt brake pad without asbestos. When hydraulic pressure device is
releasing (passive system), brake sheet closes through spring. Control system
will monitor the abrasion and malfunction of brake sheet.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 3
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Chassis
and support cylinder

     

    Steel
welding round column chassis is very compact, and easy to be manufactured. Gear
casing flange is connected to the front side of chassis, generator is connected
to the back side of chassis, and lower part of chassis connects with yawing
bearing through elastic material. Elastic material is used for absorption of
vibration, so as to prevent the vibration of gear casing and generator being
transmitted to the turbine tower, otherwise it may generate noise. Maintenance
personnel can realize maintenance through manhole on the yawing bearing and
chassis.

     

    Nacelle

     

    Nacelle
provides an indoors maintenance space with a standing height for the maintenance
person. The nacelle is bolted with upper part and lower part made of fibre glass
reinforced polyester. The bottom of the nacelle should cover with non-slip mat;
wall and ceiling in the nacelle have covered with materials that can absorb
sound.

     

    Prominence
of chassis top can transfer equipment through door at the end of nacelle or the
turbine tower. It can also be used to decrease the blade on the ground. Port at
the end can use survival equipment for life rescue under emergency situation,
such as, internal fire. There is a heat exchanger on the external top of nacelle
for emitting surplus heat of gear casing and generator. The lightning rod and
wind speed anemoscope are installed on the external top of nacelle. These
equipments on the top can be maintained through the door of nacelle
top.

     

    Nacelle
has set personnel safety rope tying point, including safety rope tying points to
entering the nacelle and top.

     

    Sealing
of the nacelle is good, which can prevent the entry of blowing dust with
reliable rain proof and moisture resistance.

     

    Yawing
system

     

    Chassis
is connected with nacelle through yawing bearing, and realize blower fan towards
wind direction. Three planet gear-box will operate on the inside gear of yawing
bearing driven by hydraulic motor.

     

    Under all
operation conditions – yawing or not yawing - yawing system realizes small
breadth and damped weaving movement of the entire wind power nacelle. Only when
maintenance is required, yawing system will be locked and no movement is
allowed.

     

    The
yawing system has automatic unmooring function, the setting condition of yawing
counter can guarantee automatic unmooring and reset after the cable reel,
simultaneously, the system has set cable reel protection device, once the
automatic unmooring function is failure, while cable reel to certain extent, the
cable reel protection device will send accident signal of emergency
stop.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 4
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Electric
system

     

    The
electric system includes slip adjustable single speed asynchronous generator,
inside variable resistor connects rotor coil. Slip range 1-5%, generator adopt
liquid cooling method.

     

    Power can
be transmitted to the tower bottom through flexible cable enwinding to two
directions.

     

    Turbine
tower

     

    Column
cone shaped turbine tower is welded with steel sheets. Maintenance personnel
enter from the door on the ground. Vertical ladder is set in the tower, which is
equipped with drop safe guardrail. Clean the surface of turbine tower by
sand-sweeping and paint for corrosion protection, and color should be the same
with blade.

     

    According
to the different situation on the spot, equip turbine tower with different
height, so as to adapt to the situation on the island, bank and
sea.

     

    Control
system

     

    Control
system is based on a microprocessor. Control system controls the operation of
entire wind generator, as well as the wind generator stillness or idling in
breeze, connect with generator under normal rotating speed, adjust orientation
and wind direction of wind generator, and unmooring(by rotating the
nacelle)if
necessary, control all functions, turn off the blower fan in case of emergency
or wind power too strong. Connect the blower fan control system through
telephone line by using a set of PC with modem.

     

    If the
brake moment of generator disappears, if electric component failure or electric
grid fluctuation, the blower fan will accelerate to high rotating speed. The
control system can safely handle these situation and brake through complicated
steps. The control system will send out common stop instruction if any parameter
failure, such as electric grid voltage (electric grid failure), rotating speed,
power, temperature, vibration and etc. Emergency stop will be implemented in
case of control system failure through “Watch-dog” function. Control system
machinery brake can be realized through cutting off the power of hydraulic
pressure solenoid valve by releasing blade top hydraulic cylinder pressure.
Blade tip acts through centrifugal force, while brake sheet acts through
mechanical spring. When electric grid fails, brake will start due to power off.
Any action of machinery brake or blade tip spoiler will make the wind generator
to reduce to safe low rotating speed.

     

    The final
safety measure is that there is a safety valve in the hydraulic pressure
component of wheel hub, it will release oil in the oil cylinder to control blade
tip if hydraulic pressure is too high, at this time, and the blower fan stays in
over speed status. And then spoiler function will reduce the blower fan rotating
speed.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 5
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Hydraulic
system

     

    Hydraulic
system mainly consists of hydraulic pump station, oil circuit, control component
and actuating mechanism to be as the power of brake device. Brake device is
installed on the fast axis, brake disc material should comply with the
requirements of low temperature, and dynamic balancing test should be made
before ex-factory. The unit has equipped with two independent brake system, so
as to guarantee that any condition of the wind generator unit (including load
off of electric grid failure) and wind wheel
rotating speed stops at maximum rotating speed. Blade tip spoiler operates based
on aerodynamic force principle, which will be used directly on the ferries
wheel.

     

    Lightning
protection system

     

    Figure of
nacelle lightning protection system

     

    

     

    Figure
8

     

    Design
standards of lightning protection system IEC 61400-24 Ed 1. The following part
describes the entire system: 

    
      
        	
              	
                (1)

              	
                Blade
      will install standards lightning protection device of Denmark LM Company
      in the vicinity of blade tip. Receiver will connect with blade root
      through cable. Blade root will connect with wheel hub through
      cable.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (2) 

              	
                Wheel
      hub connects with grounding end in the main control cabinet through slip
      ring.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (3) 

              	
                Nacelle
      top device lead cooling water to air cooler, wind power sensor
      grounding(lower part
      of nacelle).

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (4) 

              	
                Generator
      will earth through main control cabinet. Main control cabinet includes
      also the rheostat installed between generators and grounding. Rheostat
      exists between 220V and
grounding.

              

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              (5)

            	
              Chassis
      connects with foundations through special
cable.

            

    

     

    
      
        
          	
                	
                  (6)

                	
                  Main
      control cabinet of electric apparatus connected with grounding steel bar
      to the foundation. Main control cabinet also includes rheostat installed
      between generator and grounding. Rheostat exists between 220V and
      grounding. If any over pressures, rheostat connects quickly with
      grounding.

                

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
        - 6
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (7a)

              	
                Diameter
      to connect foundation cable 185 mm2

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (7b)

              	
                Nacelle
      connects with turbine tower through slip
ring

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (8) 

              	
                Fast
      axis electric separation

              

      

    

     

    Figure of
lightning protection system of tower foundation

    
      
        
        

      

     

    Figure
9

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (9)

              	
                Grounding
      cable diameter connecting to foundation is 185
  mm2.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (10)

              	
                Grounding
      cable diameter connecting to transformer is 240 mm2. Transformer Y
      connects at 690V side.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (11)

              	
                Turbine
      tower flange connects with grounding steel bar of power distribution
      cabinet of the turbine tower.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (12)

              	
                Grounding
      steel bar will be installed in the cabinet of the tower bottom and install
      breaker.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (13)

              	
                Grounding
      copper wire ring. If other grounding system will be selected, the
      grounding copper wire ring can be
replaced.

              

      

    

     

    Monitoring

     

    The
operation of wind generator is realized through the panel installed at the
nacelle and tower bottom and LCD display. These controls include starting,
switch-off, switching to manual mode and confirmation of error message. These
functions may also be fulfilled through remote telephone line. Monitoring system
also provides basic parameter statistics for generator’s run including
generating capacity, wind power and failure history etc.

    
      
         

      

      
        - 7
-

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    Electric
connection

     

    The
system adopts generator -transformer group wiring mode, box transformer will be
outlay.

     

    Frequency:
50Hz(+2/-2Hz)

     

    Voltage:
Un±10%

    Flicker:
GB12326

    Harmonic
wave: GB/T14549

     

    Noises

     

    Sound
power             104
dB(A)

    40dB (A)
distance        470m

     

    Electric
system diagram

     

    

     

    Figure
11: Main components of electric system

     

    3.
Collectivity technical data of Wind Turbine Generator System

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                	
                        No.

                      	 
      	
                        Description

                      	 
      	
                        Unit

                      	 
      	
                        Specifications

                      
	
                        1

                      	 
      	
                        Wind
      Turbine Generator System

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                        1.1

                      	 
      	
                        Manufacturer

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        Wuhan
      Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd.

                      
	
                        1.2

                      	 
      	
                        Model

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        GCN1000-

                      

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                	
                        1.3

                      	 
      	
                        Rated
      power

                      	 
      	
                        kW

                      	 
      	
                        1000

                      
	
                        1.4

                      	 
      	
                        Impeller
      diameter

                      	 
      	
                        m

                      	 
      	
                        59

                      
	
                        1.5

                      	 
      	
                        Cut-in
      wind

                      	 
      	
                        m/s

                      	 
      	
                        3.5

                      
	
                        1.6

                      	 
      	
                        Rated
      wind speed

                      	 
      	
                        m/s

                      	 
      	
                        15

                      
	
                        1.7

                      	 
      	
                        Cut-out
      wind speed (10min mean
      value)

                      	 
      	
                        m/s

                      	 
      	
                        25

                      
	
                        1.8

                      	 
      	
                        Cut-out
      limit wind speed (5sec mean value)

                      	 
      	
                        m/s

                      	 
      	
                        30

                      
	
                        1.9

                      	 
      	
                        Maximum
      wind speed proof (5sec mean
      value)

                      	 
      	
                        m/s

                      	 
      	
                        60

                      
	
                        1.10

                      	 
      	
                        Design
      service life

                      	 
      	
                        year

                      	 
      	
                        20

                      
	
                        1.11

                      	 
      	
                        Operating
      temperature

                      	 
      	
                        °C

                      	 
      	
                        -30
      ~ 40

                      
	
                        1.12

                      	 
      	
                        Quantity
      installing the same type of blower fan (China)

                      	 
      	
                        Set

                      	 
      	 
	
                        2

                      	 
      	
                        Blade

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                        2.1

                      	 
      	
                        Blade
      material

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        Fiber
      glass reinforced resin

                      
	
                        2.2

                      	 
      	
                        Blade
      amount

                      	 
      	
                        Piece

                      	 
      	
                        2

                      
	
                        2.3

                      	 
      	
                        impeller
      rotating speed

                      	 
      	
                        rpm

                      	 
      	
                        21.13

                      
	
                        2.4

                      	 
      	
                        Linear
      speed of blade tip

                      	 
      	
                        m/s

                      	 
      	 
      
	
                        2.5

                      	 
      	
                        Blade
      length

                      	 
      	
                        m2

                      	 
      	
                        28.3

                      
	
                        2.6

                      	 
      	
                        Swept
      area

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        2733

                      
	
                        2.7

                      	 
      	
                        Rotation
      direction (look from the upper wind)

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        Clockwise

                      
	
                        3

                      	 
      	
                        Speeding
      increase gearbox

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                        3.1

                      	 
      	
                        Number
      of gear stages

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        3
      grades, 2-stage star, 1 stage parallel axes

                      
	
                        3.2

                      	 
      	
                        Transmission
      ratio of speeding increase gearbox

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        73.458

                      
	
                        3.3

                      	 
      	
                        Rated
      power

                      	 
      	
                        kW

                      	 
      	
                        1000

                      
	
                        3.4

                      	 
      	
                        Model
      of lubricant

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        Mobil
      SHC 632

                      
	
                        3.5

                      	 
      	
                        Lubrication
      type

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        Oil-splash
      lubrication

                      
	
                        4

                      	 
      	
                        Generator

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                        4.1

                      	 
      	
                        Type

                      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                        Asynchronous
      generator

                      
	
                        4.2

                      	 
      	
                        Rated
      power

                      	 
      	
                        kW

                      	 
      	
                        1000

                      
	
                        4.3

                      	 
      	
                        Rated
      voltage

                      	 
      	
                        V

                      	 
      	
                        690

                      
	
                        4.4

                      	 
      	
                        Rated
      frequency

                      	 
      	
                        Hz

                      	 
      	
                        50

                      

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      
        
          	
                  4.5

                	 
      	
                  Rated
      rotating speed

                	 
      	
                  rpm

                	 
      	
                  1500-1600

                
	
                  4.6

                	 
      	
                  Rated
      slip

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  1-5%

                
	
                  4.7

                	 
      	
                  Power
      actor (cosφ)

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  0.98-1
      (capacitance
      compensation)

                
	
                  4.8

                	 
      	
                  Protection
      degree

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  IP54

                
	
                  4.9

                	 
      	
                  Lubrication
      methods

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Charge
      lubricating grease periodically

                
	
                  4.10

                	 
      	
                  Insulation
      grade

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  H

                
	
                  4.11

                	 
      	
                  Model
      of lubricating grease

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Mobiltemp
      1

                
	
                  5

                	 
      	
                  Brake
      system

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  5.1

                	 
      	
                  Primary
      brake system

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Pneumatic
      brake of blade tip

                
	
                  5.2

                	 
      	
                  Secondary
      brake system

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Fast
      axis mechanical disc brake

                
	
                  5.3

                	 
      	
                  Brake
      protection mode

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Hydraulic
      release /decompression brake

                
	
                  5.4

                	 
      	
                  Hydraulic
      oil Model

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  SHC
      524

                
	
                  6

                	 
      	
                  Yawing
      system

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  6.1

                	 
      	
                  Type
      /design

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Hydraulic
      drive

                
	
                  6.2

                	 
      	
                  Control

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Passive
      /initiative wind

                
	
                  6.3

                	 
      	
                  Lubrication
      methods

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Charge
      lubricating grease periodically

                
	
                  6.4

                	 
      	
                  Lubricating
      grease Model

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Mobilux
      EP2

                
	
                  6.5

                	 
      	
                  Yawing
      speed

                	 
      	
                  Degree
      /second

                	 
      	
                  0~2
      adjustable

                
	
                  6.6

                	 
      	
                  Anemoscope
      model

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Thies
      4.3518 NPN with heating

                
	
                  6.7

                	 
      	
                  Weather
      blade model

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Carlo
      GavazziDWS with heating

                
	
                  7

                	 
      	
                  Control
      system

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  7.1

                	 
      	
                  computer
      cabinet type/design

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  7.2

                	 
      	
                  Manufacturer
      /control software development

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  7.3

                	 
      	
                  Software
      control interface

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  7.4

                	 
      	
                  Compensation
      capacitance

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  7.5

                	 
      	
                  Rated
      capacity

                	 
      	
                  kVAr

                	 
      	
                  336

                
	
                  7.6

                	 
      	
                  Group
      number

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  8

                
	
                  7.6.1

                	 
      	
                  Power
      factor of rated output

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  0.98~1

                
	
                  7.6.2

                	 
      	
                  75%
      power factor of rated output

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  0.98~1

                
	
                  7.6.3

                	 
      	
                  50%
      power factor of rated output

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  0.98~1

                
	
                  7.6.4

                	 
      	
                  25%
      power factor of rated output

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  0.98~1

                
	
                  8

                	 
      	
                  Lightning
      protection

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                  8.1

                	 
      	
                  Lightning
      design standard

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  IEC
      61400-24 Ed 1

                
	
                  8.2

                	 
      	
                  Lightning
      protection measures

                	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                  Lightning
      protection for blade tip and
etc.

                

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      
        	
                8.3

              	 
      	
                Grounding
      resistance of blower fan

              	 
      	
                Ω

              	 
      	
                ≤4

              
	
                9

              	 
      	
                Tower

              	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                9.1

              	 
      	
                Type

              	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                Welding
      steel pipe, painting

              
	
                9.2

              	 
      	
                Top
      /bottom diameter

              	 
      	
                m

              	 
      	
                1880/3200

              
	
                9.3

              	 
      	
                steel
      plate

              	 
      	
                mm

              	 
      	
                10-20

              
	
                9.4

              	 
      	
                Tower
      material

              	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                S355
      J2G3

              
	
                10

              	 
      	
                Color
      of appearance

              	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                RAL7035

              
	
                10.1

              	 
      	
                Weight

              	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                10.2

              	 
      	
                Nacelle
      (excluding impeller)

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                29

              
	
                10.3

              	 
      	
                Generator

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                4.5

              
	
                10.4

              	 
      	
                Speeding
      increase gearbox

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                10.5

              
	
                10.5

              	 
      	
                Blade

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                4

              
	
                10.6

              	 
      	
                Impeller

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                17

              
	
                10.7

              	 
      	
                Up
      section tower

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                20.1t,
      34m

              
	
                10.8

              	 
      	
                Down
      section tower

              	 
      	
                t

              	 
      	
                36.9t,
      34m

              

      

    

     

    Appendix
2 Supply scope of the seller and itemized price

     

    1. Supply scope of the seller
and price ( RMB yuan)

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      
                        
                          
                            
                              	
                                      Description

                                    	 	
                                      Qty.

                                    	 	
                                      Unit

                                    	 	
                                      Unit
      price

                                    	 	
                                      Total
      price

                                    	 	
                                      Remake

                                    
	
                                      01
      Nacelle

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      No.

                                    	 	
                                      540

                                    	 	
                                      5400

                                    	 	
                                      Excluding
      the tower barrel

                                    
	
                                      02
      Blade

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      03
      Connecting bolt between the wheel hub and blade

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      04
      Central monitoring and remote monitoring software

                                    	 	
                                      1

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      05
      Connecting bolt between the nacelle and turbine tower

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      06a
      Connecting bolt between the turbine towers

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	 
      
	
                                      06b
      Connecting bolt between the turbine tower and foundation
    ring

                                    	 	
                                      10

                                    	 	
                                      Set

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	
                                      It
      is included in 01

                                    	 	
                                      In
      case of the foundation ring, this item could be
  deducted.

                                    

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  	
                          06c
      Electric power in turbine tower and the electric fittings of control
      cable

                        	 	
                          10

                        	 	
                          Set

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          06d
      Equipped with climbing aid equipment in the turbine tower

                        	 	
                          10

                        	 	
                          Set

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	
                          Option,
      to be quoted upon request

                        
	
                          07
      Transportation and insurance

                        	 	
                          10

                        	 	
                          Set

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          Free
      on truck on the field

                        
	
                          08
      Micro-location selection

                        	 	
                          1

                        	 	
                          Wind
      farm

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          09
      Basic tower barrel design

                        	 	
                          1

                        	 	
                          Wind
      farm

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          10
      Assisting instructions for foundation construction

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/day

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          11
      Assisting instructions for turbine tower manufacture

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/day

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          12
      Field installation instructions

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/day

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          13
      Debugging and commissioning

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/day

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          14
      Labor cost in 2-year guarantee period

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/day

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          (3
      times in the 1st
      year, 2 times in the 2nd
      year)

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          15
      Overseas training(for 2 persons and lasting 2 weeks)

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/week

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	
                          Option,
      to be quoted upon request

                        
	
                          16
      Interpreter

                        	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	 
      	 	
                          Option,
      to be quoted upon request

                        
	
                          17
      Factory training at home (for 5 persons and lasting 5
    weeks)

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          persons/week

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          18
      Spare parts (two years after the guarantee period)

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          Set

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      
	
                          19
      Consumables(within two-year guarantee period)

                        	 	 
      	 	
                          Set

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	
                          It
      is included in 01

                        	 	 
      

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    

    
      
        
          
            
              
                	
                        20
      Special tools

                      	 	 
      	 	
                        Set

                      	 	
                        It
      is included in 01

                      	 	
                        It
      is included in 01

                      	 	 
      
	
                        21
      Field training

                      	 	 
      	 	
                        persons/day

                      	 	
                        It
      is included in 01

                      	 	
                        It
      is included in 01

                      	 	 
      
	
                        22
      Design liaison meeting

                      	 	
                        3

                      	 	
                        No.

                      	 	
                        It
      is included in 01

                      
	
                        23
      Total price

                      	 	
                        ¥
      54,000,000

                      

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Foundation
design and technical instruction of foundation construction

     

    The
seller designs the foundation drawing and is responsible for the quality. Make
foundation design, submit foundation construction drawing and technical
specifications and grounding design, and disclose foundation design and dispatch
technicians to the site to offer all-the-way technical instruction to each
construction unit (not more than two at most) for the construction of the first
foundation and put forward suggestions and advice to the buyer for the problems
found during the construction process according to the survey report of soil at
each engine location. For other foundations, the buyer shall strictly construct
according the procedure and requirement of the first foundation construction.
Technicians of the seller will go to the site regularly and propose suggestions
and advice to the buyer according to construction situation in written
form.

     

    Micro-location
selection

     

    The
seller selects the site for wind generator according to the terrain and
wind-measuring materials offered by the buyer. The selected Micro-location
should try to maximum annual generating power of wind farm, and the error of
different wind generator’s generating power does not exceed 10% at equivalent
conditions. If it is restricted by the site terrain and area and the calculated
productivity of any chosen generator location does not reach the requirement of
being below 10% in error, the seller shall inform the buyer and solve the
problem through negotiation. The seller offers the calculation of the annual
generating power by each wind generator according to the Micro-location
selection.

     

    Technical
instruction of design and fabrication of turbine tower

     

    The
seller submits design drawings and technical specifications of turbine tower and
is responsible for the design quality. The seller discloses and communicate
materials about turbine tower design/fabrication and dispatches technicians to
the manufacturing plant the site to offer all-the-way technical instruction to
each manufacturing plant (not more than two at most) for the first foundation
and put forward suggestions and advice to the buyer for the problems found
during the manufacturing process. For other turbine towers, the buyer shall
strictly construct according the procedure and requirement of the first turbine
tower manufacturing. Technicians of the seller will go to the factory regularly
and propose suggestions and advice to the buyer according to manufacturing
situation in written form.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Technical
instruction of hoisting operation of the system

     

    The
seller is responsible for hoisting the generator system, including drawing up
hoisting design and plan, hoisting worker and preparation of equipment. The
seller shall propose suggestions and advice about the hoisting design and plan
to the buyer and dispatches technician to the site within the time designated by
the buyer to offer technical instruction about hoisting of generator set. When
hoisting the first set, technician of the seller must provide all-the-way
technical instruction and put forward suggestions and advice to the buyer in
written form according to the hoisting situation after the hoisting is
over.

     

    Installation,
debugging and reliability operation of the generator system

     

    Installation,
debugging and reliability operation of the generator system shall be completed
by the seller who is responsible for the quality. Adjustment of equipment shall
be completed by the foreign side. The buyer shall dispatch workers for
cooperation if the seller requests.

     

    Production
and connection of 690V dynamic cable joints of each section of turbine tower,
connection between liaison interface within the system and cable of central
monitoring system, production and connection of 690V transmission cable joints
connected to the low-voltage distribution cabinet and box transformer substation
entering the generators from outside of generators are finished by the buyer,
and the seller offers technical instruction.

     

    During
the installation, debugging, reliability operation process, the seller shall
inspection for failure, analyze reasons, eliminate failures and replace damaged
parts if failure and damage appear due to the seller’s reason.

     

    Monitoring
system must be fully functional and put into normal use before the first
generator goes into reliability operation.

     

    Quality
guarantee period

     

    After the
system pass reliability operation that is consecutive, unfailing, safe and
stable for 360 hours and the pre-acceptance certificate is issued, the seller
begins to offer quality guarantee period service in accordance with the
contract, including guarantee of availability and power curve, failure
inspection and elimination and repair of system, replacement of damaged parts,
regular maintenance of system, upgrading of control software or adjustment of
control interface’s displaying content according to the existing function of the
system by the requirement of the buyer.

     

    During
the quality guarantee period, the seller shall provide written report about the
wind farm to the buyer at the beginning of each month, which summarizes each and
every generator’s running situation (including availability, power curve and
shutdown caused by failure) in last month. The buyer may exchange advice with
the seller about the problems reflected in the running report.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Staff
arrangement and time for regular maintenance within quality guarantee
period:

     

    The first
time: 1 month after debugging. 2 persons 1 day for each wind
generator

     

    The
second time: 6 months after debugging. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

     

    The third
time: 12 months after adjustment. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

     

    The
fourth time: 18 months after adjustment. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

     

    The fifth
time: 24 months after adjustment. 2 persons 2 day for each wind
generator

     

    The
contents for regular maintenance include:

     

    Inspection
and repairing in the first month:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      tightness of bolts (100%)

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Adjustment
      of direction-adjustment system

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Replacement
      of oil filterer of gear box

            

    

     

    Half-year
inspection and repairing

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      electric control cabinet, clean or replace air filtering
    net,

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      sensor and test protective
function,

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      and adjust direction-adjustment
system

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Lubrication,
      adding oil (generator, yawing)

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      blade appearance (internal and
external)

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      generator and replace carbon brush

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      gear box, change oil filterer and take oil
  sample

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      slip ring and maintenance

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      brake system

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection hydraulic
      system

            

    

     

    One-year
inspection and repairing

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      electric control cabinet, clean or replace air filtering net, and
      inspection cable and all electric
parts

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      tightness of bolts (10%)

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      tower frame and parts and
attachments

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      sensor and test protective
function,

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      and adjust direction-adjustment
system

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Lubrication,
      adding oil (direction-adjusting, generator), replace oil of yawing gear
      box.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      blade appearance (internal and
external)

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      nacelle and wheel hub

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      generator and replace carbon brush

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      gear box, replace oil filterer, take oil sample, and inspection oil pipe
      system and replace gear box oil every 3 years if
  necessary.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      slip ring and maintenance

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      brake system

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection
      hydraulic system, and replace hydraulic oil
  filterer

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Inspection attached facilities
      such as small hoist, fire extinguisher and safety
      facilities.

            

    

     

    Technical
training

     

    The
technical training that the seller offers refers to that the buyer’s staff
received at the training center abroad. See the technical training plan offered
by the seller in appendix 4 of this contract for specific time of the technical
training.

     

    Technical
materials

     

    The
seller shall offer technical materials for the buyer for the purposes of
completing system transport, foundation construction, tower frame fabrication,
hoisting, installation and running. Basic construction drawing shall meet the
requirement of applicable China design and construction specifications and may
be directly applied to on-site construction. Design drawing of turbine tower
shall be convenient for the manufacturer to draw up drawing transformation and
processing technology.

     

    See
appendix 3 of the contract, technical materials and relevant documents offered
by the seller for technical material list and required time for submission by
the seller.

     

    Contents
for the first design liaison meeting

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Goal
      and main task of project

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Working
      scope of both parties

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Execution
      plan of the seller for the project

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Execution
      plan of the buyer for the project

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Foundation
      design

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Arrangement of wind farm
      electricity (including central monitoring
  system)

            

    

     

    Others

     

    Positions
for electric and communicative interfaces to wind generator etc. need to be
determined by the foreign party.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
3 Technical materials and relevant documents offered by the seller

     

    Technical
materials the seller offers must belong to the same type of the
products.

     

    The list
for the technical materials the seller offers is as follows:

     

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Product
      instruction for wind turbine generator system

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Grid
      connection data

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Installation
      manual

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Operation/maintenance
      manual (electric manual\mechanical manual must meet the demand of the
      buyer for disassembling and installing equipment)

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Specifications
      of cable (domestic equivalent specifications need to be
      provided)

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Specifications
      of transformer

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Specifications
      of fibre cable (domestic equivalent specifications need to be
      provided)

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Construction
      drawing for wind generator foundation

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Entire
      set of design and processing drawings for turbine tower

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              §

            	
              Instructions
      for equipment package, hoisting and transport schematic, and packing
      materials, including transport
precautions.

            

    

     

    There
must be detailed packing list within each packing box.

     

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                §

              	
                Operation
      and maintenance manual has already contained contents about safety and
      technology.

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              §

            	
              Outline
      of wind generator debugging

            

    

     

    There
should be five copies of all technical materials in Chinese.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
4 Technical training

     

    1.
Training at seller’s factory

     

    Training
courses:

     

    
      	
            	
              (1)

            	
              Safety
      training;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (2)

            	
              Principles
      of set structure and major parts;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (3)

            	
              Training
      about wind generator’s operation and
  maintenance;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (4)

            	
              Training
      about failure treatment of wind
generator;

            

    

    
      	
            	
              (5)

            	
              Training
      about principles of control system

            

    

     

    Training
time: within 2 months before delivering goods from factory

     

    
      
        
          
            	
                    Theme

                  	 
      	
                    Content

                  
	
                    Product
      knowledge – wind generator

                  	 
      	
                    Description
      of wind generator and its parts

                  
	
                    Product
      knowledge – wind farm

                  	 
      	
                    Description
      of wind farm and its sub-system and parts

                  
	
                    Product
      knowledge – electric system

                  	 
      	
                    Electric
      and electronic system, including sensor, brake, transformer and preventive
      lighting etc.

                  
	
                    Product
      knowledge – blade

                  	 
      	
                    Description
      of blade, including brake and seesaw function

                  
	
                    Product
      knowledge – hydraulic system

                  	 
      	 
      
	
                    Assembling
      of nacelle; practice (assembled in work shop)

                  	 
      	
                    Participate
      in assembling system

                  
	
                    Introduction
      of control system

                  	 
      	
                    In
      the assembling factory

                  
	
                    Introduction
      of common failure inspection and repairing

                  	 
      	 
      
	
                    Hoisting
      and commissioning

                  	 
      	
                    At
      wind farm field

                  

          

        

      

    

     

    Detailed
training contents are determined at the first technical liaison
meeting.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
5 Requirement and treatment of seller’s technicians

     

    
      
        	
                1.

              	
                In
      order to make the construction of the contractual system to go smoothly.
      The seller shall dispatch experienced technicians capable of on-site work
      to the site for technical service.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                2.

              	
                If the seller’s technicians are
      foreign citizens, the seller shall inform the buyer of their personal
      information such as name, sex, date of birth, nationality, visa No.,
      specialty, profession, working site and language 2 months before they come
      to China for the convenience of buyer’s assistance and confirmation. 7
      days before they come, the seller shall inform the buyer of their name,
      correct starting date, flight number, correct arriving time, luggage
      quantity and weight etc. If they are Chinese citizens, the above contents
      shall be informed of the buyer prior to one
  month.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                3.

              	
                The
      seller shall designate one on-site representative from its dispatched
      technicians to be in charge of solving technical problems related to the
      contractual system. Without approval of both parties, the general on-site
      representatives of both parties do not have the right to change and modify
      the contract.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                4.

              	
                On-site
      work is based on the applicable standard technical requirement of the
      buyer’s country. The seller shall not refuse or delay the work with
      foreign applicable or enterprise standards.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                5.

              	
                After the technicians of the
      seller arrive at the site, they shall determine working plan according to
      the construction period prepared by the buyer. Any needed modification for
      working plan shall be determined by on-site representatives of both
      parties through negotiation. Technicians of the seller shall develop work
      according to the agreed working plan by both parties. The buyer is
      responsible for project progress and coordination of each construction
      party.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      	
              6.

            	
              The
      seller’s technicians shall explain technical materials, demonstrate if
      necessary and answer technical questions raised by the seller during the
      period of foundation construction, tower frame manufacturing,
      installation, adjustment, reliability operation, acceptance test,
      operation, and maintenance period of the contractual
  set.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      
        	
                7.

              	
                The
      seller’s technicians shall help train the staff for the contractual
      system’ installation, adjustment, production, equipment repairing and
      analysis.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                8.

              	
                The technical instructions the
      seller’s technicians offer should be correct. For any equipment damage
      caused by incorrect technical instruction, the seller is liable for
      offering new technical instruction or being deducted from the related
      charged technical instruction fee according to the actual loss of the
      buyer, but the compensation sum does not exceed the total sum of the
      technical service fee at most. This penalty is the only penalty that the
      seller shall bear for this item.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                9.

              	
                For
      working progress, major work finished everyday, occurred problems or
      accidents and solutions, they shall be recorded in Chinese or in both
      Chinese and English in working log, one in original and two in duplicate
      copies where are held by each party respectively.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                10
      . 

              	
                The
      buyer shall assist the technicians of the seller to apply for needed
      procedures for staying in China and entering and departing from China, but
      all the fees are born by the seller.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                11
      . 

              	
                The
      buyer shall assist the seller’s technicians to take care of proper amount
      of personal or public daily articles, import and export procedures for
      tools and instruments needed for technical materials and service, but the
      related fees are born by the seller. The seller shall inform the buyer in
      advance of the above mentioned product name, specifications, amount,
      weight, airway bill number, value and import and export
    date.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                12
      . 

              	
                The
      buyer shall provide necessary facilitations such as food, housing with
      furniture and hygiene facilities, offices, labor protection appliance,
      necessary working tools, transport tools and interpreters at working site.
      All the fees shall be born by the seller.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                13
      . 

              	
                Others

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                If
      any technician is not qualified, the buyer has the right to ask the seller
      for replacement. The seller shall complete it within one week after the
      buyer’s requirement for replacement; otherwise it will be treated
      according to the punishment ratio of article 12.4.2.

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                 
      

              	
                l

              	
                Under
      the conditions of not affecting working site’s technical service and
      acquiring the buyer’s approval, the seller may replace its technicians but
      bearing fees by itself.

              
	 	 	 

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Seller’s
      technicians with foreign nationality shall observe the laws, rules and
      regulations of P.R.A. at the working site during the period staying in
      China.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Life
      insurance of the seller’s employees shall be born by the seller. During
      the execution period of the contract, in case the seller’s on-site
      employees are sick or have accidents, the buyer shall actively take
      measures to take care or help, but the liabilities and fees are born by
      the seller.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
6 Treatment of buyer’s employees

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              The
      seller agrees to accept the following technicians to be trained in
      technologies at the seller’s offices and
  factories:

            

    

     

    Number:
5

     

    Days:
30

     

    
      
        	
                2.

              	
                During
      training period, the seller shall designate capable technicians
      experienced in technology to instruct the technicians of the buyer
      technologically and explain to them any possible technical problems when
      executing this contract.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                3.

              	
                The seller shall submit primary
      plans for technical training, design liaison and factory inspection to the
      buyer 2 months before training. The buyer shall inform the seller of the
      name, sex, date of birth, nationality, title and specialty of the seller’s
      technicians 1 month before technical training, design liaison and factory
      inspection. The final training plan shall be decided according to the
      actual need of the buyer’s technicians through negotiations by both
      parties.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                4.

              	
                The
      seller shall guarantee that the buyer’s technicians can be trained on
      different posts so that they can understand and grasp technologies,
      operation, inspection, repairing, and maintenance skills of contractual
      system. Before training starts, the seller shall explain operation rules
      and work precautions to the trainee in detail.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                5.

              	
                During
      training and working period, the seller shall provide necessities needed
      for technical training, design liaison and for factory inspection such as
      test instruments, tools, technical materials, drawings, parameter data,
      uniforms, protective tools and proper offices.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      	
              6.

            	
              The seller shall provide
      round-trip tickets, housing, food and transportation tools to the buyer’s
      technicians, with relevant fees assumed by the seller. If the seller
      provides training abroad, it shall provide medical insurance for the
      buyer’s technicians during the period abroad. During the period from the
      buyer’s technician’s arrival and departure from the destination countries,
      the seller shall pay 180 U.S. dollars living fees including accommodation
      fees etc. to the buyer’s technicians, i.e. the accommodation and food fees
      of the buyer’s technicians during this period shall be assumed by the
      seller and directly paid according to this standard. If the training is
      made at home, the living fee for each person per day is RMB 300
      Yuan.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      
        	
                7.

              	
                The
      seller shall assist the buyer’s technicians to apply for visa for entering
      and departing from the seller’s country.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      
        	
                8.

              	
                The
      seller shall take necessary measures to guarantee the safety of the
      buyer’s technicians in its facilities (office, work shop and training
      centre) during working days and the period of visiting wind farm and wind
      generator parts factory arranged by the seller. If the buyer’s employees
      are sick or have accidents during the training period in the seller’s
      factory, the buyer shall actively take measures to take care or help, but
      the liabilities and fees are assumed by the buyer.

              
	 	 

      

    

    
      	
              9.

            	
              During
      the technical training period, for the theoretical leaning in classroom,
      the seller will provide related learning materials and teaching materials
      to the buyer.

            

    

     

    Appendix
7: Delivery schedule of contract equipment and project schedule

     

    
      
        	
                S.N.

              	 
      	
                Tasks

              	 
      	
                Schedule

              
	
                1

              	 
      	
                Signature
      and effectiveness of the purchase contract for wind generator
      equipment

              	 
      	
                Dec.
      1, 2009

              
	
                2

              	 
      	
                Equipment
      manufacture and delivery Special
      tools, spare parts and consumables of the wind turbine generator
      system

              	 
      	
                From
      Dec. 1, 2009 to - Dec. 30, 2009

              
	
                3

              	 
      	
                Takeover
      of technical documents

              	 
      	
                Dec.
      20, 2009

              

      

    

     

    Appendix
8 Inspection standard and method

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              inspection
      and test plan

            

    

     

    The
seller shall provide equipment quality control and test plan and equipment
inspection standard to the buyer. The test plan includes all quality controls to
be adopted on parts and the whole machine during the process of part production,
assembly, transport, installation, adjustment and reliability operation. Plan
timetable is to be listed and test plan shall list the test contents about major
suppliers, sub-contractors or independent test organizations.

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Factory
      inspection

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      seller must strictly inspection and test production connection within
      factory. The contractual equipment provided by the seller must be issued
      with quality certificate, inspection record and test report, and as an
      assembling part of quality proving documents for
  delivery.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      scope of inspection includes raw materials and factory entrance of
      elements and parts, component processing, assembly, test until factory
      acceptance.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      buyer has the right to participate in the inspection of major parts and
      wind generator assembly process at the production site of the
      seller.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      seller shall provide assembly experiment of each wind generator,
      acceptance report of ex-factory and adjustment report in
      factory.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      seller is obligatory for providing quality certificate and technical
      documents of the complete machine and parts to the
  buyer.

            

    

    
      	
              3.

            	
              On-site
      inspection

            

    

    On-site
inspection refers to the wind generator equipment inspection upon arriving the
buyer’s shipping port and installation site.

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              After
      the equipment is transported to the shipping port of the buyer, both the
      seller and the buyer shall inspection whether the external packing is
      damaged. The seller is responsible for repairing in case of
      damage.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      seller’s equipment packing must meet the requirement for domestic land
      transportation to the arranged site. The seller shall assume the fees if
      it does not meet the transport conditions. After the equipment is
      transported to the installation site of the buyer, both parties jointly
      inspection whether the external packing is damaged. The seller shall
      assume the penalty if the damage is not caused by
    transport.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              After
      the equipments arrive at the site and inspectioned through custom and
      commercial department, both parties inspection components of wind
      generator and sign the recording table of delivery
    situation.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              If
      situations such as wrong types or shortage of equipments are found, all
      the liabilities are born by the
seller.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              After
      completing equipment hoisting, the seller’s employees are responsible for
      installation and adjustment of wind generators. The seller shall perform
      the adjustment with the participation of the buyer’s employees. After
      adjustment is completed, the seller shall sign on the adjustment report
      and submit it to the buyer, and inform the buyer of the completion and
      that the 360-hour reliability operation may be
  conducted.

            

    

    
      	
              4.

            	
              Reliability
      operation

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              After
      the completion of debugging, single wind generator shall begin the
      reliability operation for 360 hours when the running (operation)
      conditions are all ready.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      standard of reliability operation is that single wind generator runs
      consecutively, stably, safely and unfailingly for 360 hours. Wind
      generator’s automatic and customized remote restoration and manual
      restoration needing no repairing or replacement for any part are allowed
      during this period. Any shutdown through the above mentioned restoration
      can later be re-run will not be considered as failure, but the accumulated
      shutdown time through restoration correction may not exceed 10% of the
      time for reliability operation.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              During
      reliability operation period, the accumulative power-generating time of
      wind generator shall not be less than 180 hours. If the time is not
      sufficient, the reliability operation will extend to 180 hours for
      accumulated power-generating time, but the extended time does not exceed
      240 hours at most.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              During
      reliability operation period, any failure of the seller’s equipment shall
      not appear (i.e. after shutdown, wind generator can not be re-run through
      restoration without repairing or replacement of components.) once failure
      appears, the reliability running time will be
  re-recorded.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              After
      each set passes consecutive 360-hour unfailing consecutive stable running,
      the buyer, the seller and the final user will sign pre-acceptance
      certificate of this set to prove that this set has passed the inspection
      of reliability operation.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              If
      reliability of any set does not reach all the indexes and requirements
      specified in the contract, the seller shall repair or replace immediately
      and this set will be re-tested for reliability operation. When the unit
      re-reaches the indexes and requirements for reliability operation
      pre-acceptance, the buyer signs “passed” certificate on the pre-acceptance
      certificate.

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
9 Inspection of power curve and availability

     

    I.
Inspection of power curve

    1.
Power curve

     

    See the
following table for the guaranteed power curve of this contract by the seller.
This power curve is based on standard air density 1.225 kg/m3.

     

    
      
        
          
            
              	
                      Wind
      speed m/s

                    	 
      	
                      Power
      kW

                    
	
                      4

                    	 
      	
                      0

                    
	
                      5

                    	 
      	
                      24

                    
	
                      6

                    	 
      	
                      110

                    
	
                      7

                    	 
      	
                      210

                    
	
                      8

                    	 
      	
                      326

                    
	
                      9

                    	 
      	
                      450

                    
	
                      10

                    	 
      	
                      586

                    
	
                      11

                    	 
      	
                      722

                    
	
                      12

                    	 
      	
                      838

                    
	
                      13

                    	 
      	
                      928

                    
	
                      14

                    	 
      	
                      989

                    
	
                      15

                    	 
      	
                      1024

                    
	
                      16

                    	 
      	
                      1038

                    
	
                      17

                    	 
      	
                      1037

                    
	
                      18

                    	 
      	
                      1030

                    
	
                      19

                    	 
      	
                      1021

                    
	
                      20

                    	 
      	
                      1011

                    
	
                      21

                    	 
      	
                      1003

                    
	
                      22

                    	 
      	
                      996

                    
	
                      23

                    	 
      	
                      991

                    
	
                      24

                    	 
      	
                      989

                    
	
                      25

                    	 
      	
                      989

                    

            

          

        

      

    

     

    2.
Calculation and inspection method for power curve of wind generator

     

    During
the quality guarantee period, the seller’s guarantee value on power curve is
more than or equal to 95% of the calculated amount of power generation on the
basis of guaranteeing the power curve.

     

    If the
buyer has questions about the power curve of any set, it has the right to raise
the question in the quality guarantee period and to measure the power curve by
employing an internationally famous test organization (such as Garrad Hassan, PB
Power or MEASNET member) according to the IEC 61400-12 standard on its own
expenses. This test shall not affect the proceeding of quality guarantee period.
If the result of the test shows that the set does not reach the guaranteed value
on power curve:

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      seller shall compensate the buyer the fees for conducting the power curve
      test.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              The
      seller shall pay penalty for not reaching the guaranteed power curve value
      to the buyer in accordance with article 11.7 of the
    contract.

            

    

     

    Formula
for validating guaranteed power curve value:

     

    Validating
generating capacity (S)
(unit: KW/H)

     

    Actual
guaranteed value (W) =
—————————————  ×100%

     

    Guaranteed
generating capacity (S)
(unit: KW/H)

     

    Validating
generating capacity (S)
= wind frequency (WF) for calculating generating capacity × power curve value
validated by a third party

     

    Guaranteed
generating capacity (B)
= wind frequency (WF) for calculating generating capacity × power curve value
validated by the seller.

     

    Calculation
of power amount shall be conduced with EXCEL or ALWIN. Wind frequency used for
calculating power amount use vibound distribution or on-site actual wind
frequency (wind measuring data require no less than one year) approved by both
parties. This calculation shall be made by an independent authentification
organization.

     

    II.
Inspection of availability

     

    During
quality guarantee period, the seller’s guarantee value for availability is more
than or equal to 97%.

     

    1.
Calculation of availability

     

    The
formula for calculating availability is as follows:

     

    ×
100%,

     

    Among
which

     

    A        availability
[%]

     

    P         statistical
time part after modification The time part is the Gregorian calendar year, i.e.
8784 hours for general year and 8784 hours for leap year.

     

    T         Total
shutdown time, total shutdown time within P.

     

    N         shutdown
time not caused by the seller

     

    N                 Definition
(for shutdown time not caused by the seller)

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Grid
      interruption and invalidity besides normal grid
  parameters

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Grid
      shutoff within plan

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Failure
      of main transformer (if within the buyer’s scope of
  supply)

            

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Maintenance
      (24 hours/year at most)

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Test
      or expert study required by the
buyer

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Measurements
      proposed or required by the buyer

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Shutdown
      of generator system caused by official requirements (such as noise class,
      flickering shadow.

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Icing

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Wind
      speed lower than cut-in wind speed

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Wind
      speed higher than cut-in wind speed

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Any
      shutdown caused by the buyer

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Shutdown
      caused by the remote liaison problems within the obligation of the
      buyer

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Lightening

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Deliberate
      destroy or malicious damage

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Storm

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Environmental
      conditions beyond situations specified by “wind farm climate”
      documents

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Stealing
      and theft

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Strike,
      rebellion, domestic riot and civil war whether stated in advance or
      not

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Earthquake
      and flood

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              External
      fire and explosion

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Impact
      and crash caused by aircraft or other falling
  objects

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Casting
      loose of cable

            

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              l

            	
              Self-test
      of system

            

    

     

    Appendix
10 Special tools, spare parts and expandables

     

    1. List
of special tools (RMB Yuan)

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      	
                              Name

                            	 
      	
                              Name

                            	 
      	
                              Specification

                            	 
      	
                              Quantity

                            	 
      	
                              Unit

                            	 
      	
                              Unit
      price

                            	 
      	
                              Total
      price

                            
	
                              1

                            	 
      	
                              Flat
      sling

                            	 
      	
                              3T-5
      m

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Prolonged
      nylon sling

                            	 
      	
                              10T-20M

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              3

                            	 
      	
                              Flat
      sling

                            	 
      	
                              10T-10M

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              4

                            	 
      	
                              Lifting
      wire rope

                            	 
      	
                              30T*5M

                            	 
      	
                              4

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              5

                            	 
      	
                              Hydraulic
      torque wrench

                            	 
      	
                              HYTORC

                            	 
      	
                              1

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              6

                            	 
      	
                              Electric
      torque wrench

                            	 
      	
                              Makita
      6910

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              7

                            	 
      	
                              Manual
      torque wrench

                            	 
      	
                              700-2000N.M

                            	 
      	
                              1

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              8

                            	 
      	
                              Manual
      torque wrench

                            	 
      	
                              350-1000N.M

                            	 
      	
                              1

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              9

                            	 
      	
                              19mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              3/4"24mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              10

                            	 
      	
                              19mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              3/4"27mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              11

                            	 
      	
                              19mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              3/4"30mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              12

                            	 
      	
                              19mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              3/4"32mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              13

                            	 
      	
                              19mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              3/4"36mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              14

                            	 
      	
                              19mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              3/4"41mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              15

                            	 
      	
                              25mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              1"32mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              16

                            	 
      	
                              25mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              1"36mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              17

                            	 
      	
                              25mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              1"41mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              18

                            	 
      	
                              25mm
      sleeve head

                            	 
      	
                              1"46mm

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              19

                            	 
      	
                              Blade
      protective tool

                            	 
      	
                              DW-T-B001

                            	 
      	
                              1

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              20

                            	 
      	
                              Slinger

                            	 
      	
                              10t

                            	 
      	
                              4

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              21

                            	 
      	
                              Special
      hoisting tool for tower frame

                            	 
      	
                              DW-T-T001

                            	 
      	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              22

                            	 
      	
                              Special
      hoisting tool for nacelle

                            	 
      	
                              DW-T-N001

                            	 
      	
                              4

                            	 
      	
                              Piece

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              23

                            	 
      	
                              Back
      safety belt

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                              10

                            	 
      	
                              Suit

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              Total

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    2. List
of spare parts (RMB Yuan)

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    	
                            S.N.

                          	 
      	
                            Equipment
      name

                          	 
      	
                            Unit

                          	 
      	
                            Quantity

                          	 
      	
                            Price

                          
	
                            1

                          	 
      	
                            Spare
      part kits for control system, each set contains:

                          	 
      	
                            Set

                          	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Wind
      speed sensor and shielding cable

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Wind
      direction sensor and shielding cable

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            WP
      3000 computer

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            2

                          	 
      	
                            Electric
      spare part kits, each set includes:

                          	 
      	
                            Set

                          	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Breaker

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Soft
      connection parts of power grid

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Capacitor
      and contactor

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Induction
      sensor

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            6

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Fuse
      (of different categories)

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            6

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Motor
      contactor

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            2

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Protective
      device for motor overload

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Soft
      starter of motor

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Protective
      device for motor short-circuit

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Relay

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            3

                          	 
      	
                            Spare
      part kits for yawing system, each set contains:

                          	 
      	
                            Set

                          	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Hydraulic
      station of yawing system

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            4

                          	 
      	
                            Spare
      part kits for hydraulic mechanism, each set contains

                          	 
      	
                            Set

                          	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Wheel
      hub hydraulic station

                          	 
      	
                            Piece

                          	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            5

                          	 
      	
                            Other
      spare part kits, each set includes:

                          	 
      	
                            Set

                          	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Safe
      valve of blade tip

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            10

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Rotation
      coupling device of blade tip

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Water
      pump

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Oil
      pump of main gear

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Brake
      pad

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            4

                          	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      	
                            Brake
      block including sensor

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                            1

                          	 
      	 
      
	
                            Total

                          	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    3.
Consumables list (RMB Yuan)

     

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    
                      	
                              No.

                            	 
      	
                              Name.

                            	 
      	
                              Model

                            	 
      	
                              Unit

                            	 
      	
                              Quantity

                            	 
      	
                              Price/unit

                            	 
      	
                              Price

                            
	
                              1

                            	 
      	
                              Hydraulic
      oil

                            	 
      	
                              SHC
      524

                            	 
      	
                              Barrel

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              2

                            	 
      	
                              grease
      used for generator

                            	 
      	
                              Mobiltemp
      1

                            	 
      	
                              Barrel

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              3

                            	 
      	
                              Grease
      used for yawing bearing

                            	 
      	
                              Mobilux
      EP2

                            	 
      	
                              Barrel

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              4

                            	 
      	
                              Master
      gear lubricant

                            	 
      	
                              SHC
      632

                            	 
      	
                              Barrel

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              5

                            	 
      	
                              Master
      gear lubricant filter

                            	 
      	
                              DW-HP-4019

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              6

                            	 
      	
                              Yawing
      lubricant filter

                            	 
      	
                              DW-HP-4020

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              7

                            	 
      	
                              Wheel
      hub hydraulic oil filter

                            	 
      	
                              DW-HP-4021

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              8

                            	 
      	
                              Elastic
      component of oscillation bearing

                            	 
      	
                              DW-HP-4022

                            	 
      	
                              Set

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                              Total

                            	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
11: Acceptance certificate form

     

    Guoce
GCN1000 Type Wind Turbine Generator System

     

    Acceptance
Certificate 

     

    Wind
Turbine Generator System Model 

     

    GCN1000 

    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  	 
      	 
      	 
      
	
                          No.
      of Ex-factory

                        	 
      	
                          Date
      of
Ex-factory

                        

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Manufacturer:
Wuhan Guoce Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd. 

     

    Project
title: Longjiang Wind Farm

     

    Guoce
Nord GCN1000 type Wind Turbine Generator System is manufactured by Wuhan Guoce
Nordic New Energy Co., Ltd. and is responsible for the installation guidance and
commissioning, since the date of commissioning completion, it will undergo 500h
commissioning. The Wind Turbine Generator System will enter into quality
warranty, and then the Seller will not be responsible for the operation and
maintenance responsibility. After the certificate is signed by representatives
of both Buyer and Seller, it will have the legal force, both Buyer and Seller
should implement strictly.

     

    
      
        	
                Seller’s
      representative:

              	
                Buyer’s
      representative:

              
	 
      	 
      
	
                Date:

              	
                Date:

              

      

    

     

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

     

    Appendix
12:  DNV AUTHENTICATION

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00182-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00182-of-00352.parquet"}]]